search terms in context | full text File Size: 975 K bytes | Add this to my bookbag

Collection Inventory

Series I. Amelia Earhart

Scope and Content Notes:

The files in this series date from 1928 to 2002 and contain Donald Goldstein’s research files and manuscript drafts based upon Amelia Earhart’s aviation career and her mysterious disappearance in 1937. Researchers should refer to Series XIII: Photographs to view images of Earhart. The files are further described in the following subseries scope notes.

Subseries 1. Research Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

This subseries contains the research materials gathered by Donald Goldstein as he investigated Amelia Earhart’s aviation career and disappearance. Although limited in quantity, the Earhart disappearance correspondence, documentary evidence file, Federal Bureau of Investigation files, and radio logs chronicle the actions of Earhart’s contemporaries to track and locate the missing aviator. This primary research is supplemented by secondary sources such as articles, newspaper clippings and manuscripts. In addition to his research, Goldstein received several files from John Luttrell, a prolific theorist on the disappearance of Earhart. The Luttrell correspondence and related documents examine various theories of Earhart’s disappearance, as well as possible locations for her crash site. The files are arranged alphabetically by record type.

Section: Articles


Box 1
Folder 1 Earhart Disappearance, 1966 - 1987
Folder 2 Miscellaneous, 1978 - 1987
Folder 3 Tokyo Rose, 1983 - 1985

Section: Bibliographies,

Folder 4 Bibliographies, undated

Section: Correspondence

Folder 5 Earhart Disappearance, 1937 - 1938
Folder 6 Gervais, Joe, 1965 - 1987
Folder 7-10 Luttrell, John, 1985 - 1988
Folder 11 Safford, Laurence, 1971 - 1973

Section: Documentary Evidence

Folder 12 Documentary Evidence Collected by Safford, undated

Section: FBI Files

Folder 13 Earhart, Amelia, 1937 - 1971
Folder 14 Putnam, George P., 1937
Folder 15 Rothar, Wilbur, 1937

Section: Manuscripts

Folder 16 20 HRS. 40 MINS. by Amelia Earhart, 1928
Folder 17 Courage is the Price: A Biography of Amelia Earhart, 1963
Folder 18 The Earhart Disappearance. The British Connection , 1987
Folder 19 Eyewitness: The Amelia Earhart Incident, 1987
Folder 20 The Fun of It by Amelia Earhart, 1977
Folder 21 Get Underway - Eyewitness Accounts, 1937
Folder 22 Hollywood Pilot: A Biography of Paul Mantz, 1967
Folder 23 Last Flight by Amelia Earhart, 1937

Box 2
Folder 1 Letters from Amelia Earhart, 1982
Folder 2-3 Miscellaneous Excerpts, 1938 - 1987
Folder 4 My search for Amelia…Alive!, undated
Folder 5 Soaring Wings: A Biography of Amelia Earhart, undated
Folder 6 Untitled, undated
Folder 7 Soaring Wings: A Biography of Amelia Earhart, undated
Folder 7 World Flight: The Earhart Trail, undated

Section: Maps

Folder 8 Hand-Drawn Maps and Calculations of Possible Crash Site, undated
Folder 9 Information on Locating and Acquiring Maps, 1985 - 1986

Section: Miscellaneous, 1935 - 1986

Folder 10 Miscellaneous material, 1935 - 1986

Section: Newspaper Clippings

Folder 11 Autogyro Altitude Record, 1931
Folder 12 Earhart Aviation Career, 1929 - 1936
Folder 13 Scrapbook of Articles on Earhart, 1937 - 1986
Folder 14-15 Theories on Disappearance and Remembrance, 1937 - 1997
Folder 16 Nihau Island, 1986

Section: Radio Logs, July 1937

Folder 17 Radio Logs, July 1937

Section: Subject Files

Folder 18 Aero Philatelic Federation of the Americas, 1978 - 1987
Folder 19 Earhart Birth Centennial Celebration, 1997
Folder 20 Japanese Search for Earhart, 1949
Folder 21 Pacific Islands, undated
Folder 22 Paxton, Nina, 1944 - 1986
Folder 23 Weather and Currents, 1977 - 1986

Subseries 2. Manuscripts and Related Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

The manuscript drafts in this subseries document the development of the biography from the original drafts of Flight Into Yesterday through its evolution into Amelia: The Centennial Biography of an Aviation Pioneer. While the earliest drafts concentrate on the technical aspects of Earhart’s flight, the later drafts provide an expanded portrait of Earhart and document both her childhood and development as an aviator. In addition to manuscripts, this subseries contains corrections and correspondence generated by Goldstein while writing and promoting the biography, which was eventually published in 1997.

Folder 24 Corrections, 1996 - 1997
Folder 25-26 Correspondence- General, 1987 - 2002
Folder 27 Correspondence- Luttrell, John, 1986 - 1996

Box 3
Folder 1-24 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 4
Folder 1-14 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 5
Folder 1-15 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Series II. International Relations

Scope and Content Notes:

The files in this series date from 1990-2005 and contain the manuscript drafts and related materials utilized by Donald Goldstein and his associates in their compilation of several international relations books. The manuscript drafts consist of introductions to articles, edited source materials, and page proofs for Classic Readings of International Relations (1994 and 1998), Classic Readings and Contemporary Debates in International Relations (2005), as well as the unpublished manuscript drafts of several essays. The drafts are augmented by correspondence which focuses on editing the text and obtaining permission for the reproduction of essays. Files are arranged alphabetically by manuscript title. Researchers should refer to Series XIII: Photographs to view images either considered for or used in the publication of The Dictionary of Twentieth Century World Politics and HarperCollins Dictionary of American Government and Politics.


Box 6
Folder 1 Copyright Permissions, 1992 - 1993
Folder 2 Correspondence, 1990 - 2005
Folder 3-16 Manuscript Drafts of 1st Edition, 1993
Folder 17 Research Materials, undated
Folder 18-23 Manuscript Drafts of 2nd Edition, 1998

Box 7
Folder 1-9 Manuscript Drafts of 2nd Edition, 1998 - 1999
Folder 10-22 Manuscript Drafts of 3rd Edition, 2004 - 2005
Folder 23-27 Manuscript Drafts of Dictionary of World Politics, June 1992

Box 8
Folder 1-4 Manuscript Drafts of Dictionary of World Politics, June 1992

Series III. Korea

Scope and Content Notes:

The files in this series date from 1946 to 1991 and contain Donald Goldstein’s correspondence, manuscript drafts, and reference materials on Korea and the Korean War (1950-1953). The first subseries explores the creation of the pictorial, The Korean War: The Story and the Photographs. The second subseries contains files regarding General Matthew B. Ridgway, especially his command of United Nations troops in Korea. The third subseries, Security in Korea: War, Stalemate, and Negotiation, is a collection of articles with an historical perspective on Korea during the Cold War and its relations with the United States. The series are further described in the subseries scope notes.

Subseries 1. The Korean War: The Story and the Photographs

Scope and Content Notes:

The Korean War: The Story and the Photographs, 1946-1999 This subseries documents the process of compiling the images and writing the narrative for The Korean War: The Story and the Photographs. Published in 2000 by Donald Goldstein and Harry J. Maihafer, this pictorial emphasizes the American forces' contribution during the conflict. The files mainly consist of manuscript drafts that are arranged chronologically and depict the development of the manuscript from the original draft to the published version. Images from this pictorial are contained and described in Series XIII: Photographs.

Folder 5 Correspondence, 1999 - 2000
Folder 6 Captions, c. 1999
Folder 7-9 Manuscript Drafts, 1999
Folder 10 Research, 1945 - 1991

Subseries 2. General Matthew B. Ridgway

Scope and Content Notes:

This subseries contains Goldstein’s manuscript drafts and research materials concerning General Matthew B. Ridgway, particularly his command of the 8th Army in Korea, and the Allied Forces in the Far East. The manuscript drafts consist of a speech, an additional paper entitled “Douglas MacArthur-Matthew Ridgeway and the Korean War,” and related documents. In addition to describing Ridgway’s military career, the research files also highlight his post retirement activities. Images of Ridgway are located in Series XIII: Photographs.

Folder 11-13 Manuscript Drafts, 1991
Folder 14 Research Materials- General Douglas MacArthur, 1964
Folder 15-17 Research Materials- General Matthew Ridgway, 1952 - 2004
Video - Ridgway Family News and Symposium, 1997

Subseries 3. Security in Korea: War, Stalemate, and Negotiation

Scope and Content Notes:

This subseries documents the efforts of Donald Goldstein, Phil Williams, and Henry L. Andrews Jr. to publish Security in Korea: War, Stalemate, and Negotiation. Released in 1994, this book contains a collection of articles with an historical perspective of Cold War Korea and the state of U.S.-Korea relations.

Folder 18 Correspondence, 1991 - 1993
Folder 19-21 Manuscript Drafts, 1994

Series IV. Spanish American War

Scope and Content Notes:

The files in this series date from 1997 to 1998 and document Donald Goldstein’s efforts to compile images and write the narrative for the Spanish-American War: The Story and Photographs. Published with the assistance of Katherine V. Dillon, J. Michael Wenger, and Robert J. Cressman, this pictorial provides brief sections on the events leading up to the Spanish-American War (1898) and the aftermath, with more detail devoted to the American perspective of the War and the prolonged peace process. The majority of the files consist of manuscript drafts that are arranged chronologically and expose the development of the manuscript from the original draft to the published version. Images from this pictorial are located in Series XIII: Photographs.


Box 9
Folder 1 Corrections, undated
Folder 2 Correspondence, 1996 - 1997
Folder 3-23 Manuscript Drafts, 1996 - 1997

Box 10
Folder 1-8 Manuscripts Drafts, 1997

Series V. Vietnam War

Scope and Content Notes:

The materials in this series date from 1993 to 1997 and document the process of compiling the images and writing the narrative for The Vietnam War: The Story and the Photographs by Donald Goldstein, Katherine V. Dillon, and J. Michael Wenger. Published in 1997, the pictorial centers on U.S. actions in Vietnam (1959-1975) with a brief overview of the following: the events before the direct involvement of the U.S., the protests in the U.S., and the aftermath of the war. The bulk of the documents are manuscript drafts, which chronicle the development of the manuscript from the original draft to the published version. Images from this pictorial are contained and described in Series XIII: Photographs.

Folder 9 Correspondence, 1994 - 2002
Folder 10-18 Manuscript Drafts, 1995 - 1997
Folder 19-20 Research Materials, 1975 - 1996

Series VI. Ennis Whitehead

Scope and Content Notes:

This series dates from 1918 to 1994 and contains Donald Goldstein’s research files and manuscript drafts for his 1970 doctorial dissertation Ennis C. Whitehead, Aerospace Commander and Pioneer, and a subsequent essay. The dissertation traces Whitehead’s entire military career from his service as a World War I test pilot through his retirement as head of the Air Defense Command in 1951. The essay examines Whitehead’s leadership of the Allied Forces in the South Pacific during World War II. Researchers interested in viewing images of Whitehead should consult Series XIII: Photographs. These records are further described in the following subseries scope notes.

Subseries 1. Research Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

While these files offer very little insight into Ennis Whitehead’s personal life, they create an excellent portrait of his entire military career with the United States Army Air Corps and Air Force. Dating from 1918-1967, the Whitehead correspondence is especially noteworthy, as it contains his official military correspondence with various military commanders, and his private letters to family members. His military career is further illuminated through flight logs, maps, memoranda, military histories, newspaper clippings, and subject files. The files are arranged alphabetically by record type.


Box 11
Folder 1 Article, 1927
Folder 2 Correspondence- 5th Bomber Command Headquarters, 1944 - 1945
Folder 3 Correspondence- Smith, General Frederick, 1964 - 1967
Folder 4-31 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- General, 1922 - 1965

Box 12
Folder 1 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- General, undated
Folder 2 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Alison, John, 1956 - 1963
Folder 3 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Kenney, George, 1943 - 1951
Folder 4 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Military Orders, 1918 - 1951
Folder 5 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Pan American Flight, 1926
Folder 6-12 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Personal, 1918 - 1965
Folder 13 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Nonstop flight to Panama, 1930
Folder 14 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Red Scare, 1947 - 1950
Folder 15 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Russia Flight, 1929 - 1931
Folder 16 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Wilson , Donald, 1943
Folder 17 Ennis Whitehead Correspondence- Wolfe, Kenneth, 1946 - 1950
Folder 18 Course Materials from Air Corps Tactical School, 1929 - 1931
Folder 19 Correspondence- Flight Log, 1926 - 1951
Folder 20 Correspondence- Interview, 1951
Folder 21 Manuscripts- 5th Air Force in the War Against Japan, 1947
Folder 22-23 Manuscripts- 5th Bomber Command: Historical and Tactical - Narrative Data, undated
Folder 24 Manuscripts- Authored by Whitehead, undated
Folder 26 Manuscripts- Miscellaneous, 1960s
Folder 25 Manuscripts- Let the Bombs Talk: Pacific Air Command History 1942-1945, 1946
Folder 27 Maps, undated
Folder 28 Memoranda- Air Defense of Continental US, 1950
Folder 29 Memoranda- Air Operations in Europe, 1939 - 1940
Folder 30 Memoranda-Air Operations in the Pacific, 1945 - 1951
Folder 31 Memoranda- Military Characteristics of Aircraft, 1946 - 1954
Folder 32 Memoranda- Miscellaneous, 1946 - 1964
Folder 33 Memoranda- Regulations for Cross-Country Flights, 1920
Folder 33 Miscellaneous Materials on Whitehead, 1948 - 1951
Folder 35 Newspaper Clippings- Pan American Air Tours, 1926 - 1928
Folder 36 Newspaper Clippings- Luke's Field, 1941 - 1942
Folder 37 Newspaper Clippings- Activity During WWII, 1941 - 1945
Folder 38 Newspaper Clippings- Post WWII Activity, 1945 - 1964
Folder 39 Speeches by Whitehead , 1940s-1950s
Folder 40 Subject Files- Battle of Bismarck Sea, 1943
Folder 41 Subject Files- Ostfriesland sinking, 1921-1922
Folder 42 Subject Files- Whitehead - Biographical, undated
Folder 43 Subject Files- Whitehead - Promotions, 1928 - 1943
Folder 44 Training Schedules and Operation Orders , 1933 - 1934
Folder 45 Yearbook from the Air Service Engineering School, 1926

Subseries 2. Manuscripts and Related Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1967-1994, this subseries contains documents generated by Goldstein while writing his dissertation and a subsequent essay about Whitehead. The drafts are arranged from the initial draft of the dissertation through the page proofs of the essay, which was published as a chapter of We Shall Return!: MacArthur’s Commanders and the Defeat of Japan, 1942-1945. The development and revision of the manuscripts is further revealed through corrections, correspondence, and notes.


Box 13
Folder 1 Correspondence- Dissertation, 1967 - 1974
Folder 2 Correspondence- Essay, 1985 - 1999
Folder 3-21 Manuscript Drafts of Dissertation, 1970

Box 14
Folder 1-7 Manuscript Drafts of Essay, 1987
Folder 8-10 Notes- Manuscript Development, undated
Folder 1-7 Notes- Whitehead Correspondence, undated

Series VII. Williwaw War

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1940 to 2001, this series is comprised of Donald Goldstein’s research files and unpublished manuscript drafts for The Williwaw War: The Arkansas National Guard in the Aleutians in World War II. Published in 1992, the book describes the conditions faced by the 206th Coast Artillery Regiment during their service in Alaska in 1942. Researchers should consult Series XIII: Photographs to see images associated with the Williwaw War. The documents in this series are further described in the following subseries scope notes.

Subseries 1. Research Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1940-1992, this subseries contains Goldstein’s research on the Japanese attack of the Aleutian Islands during World War II. Particularly notable are the questionnaire responses Goldstein received from veterans of the 206th Coast Artillery Regiment in 1989. The responses contain first-hand accounts of recreational activities, weather, training, and living quarters in the Aleutians. The arrangement of the questionnaires is based upon a series of numbers assigned by Goldstein, and are referenced throughout his summaries of the responses. The remaining files consist of secondary sources such as journal articles, newspaper clippings, and manuscripts.

Section: Articles

Folder 12-14 Miscellaneous Journals, 1940 - 1989
Folder 15 Newsweek, 1942 - 1943
Folder 16 Saturday Evening Post, 1943 - 1945

Section: Diary of John Bowen,

Folder 17 Diary of John Bowen, 1942

Section: Manuscripts,

Folder 18 Capture of Attu: Tales of World War II in Alaska As Told by the Men Who Fought There, 1984
Folder 19 The Defense of Dutch Harbor, Alaska, 1987
Folder 20 History of Battery “K” 206th C.A. (AA): 1941-1943, undated
Folder 21 Military Histories of Aleutians, undated
Folder 22 Miscellaneous, undated
Folder 23 Morrison Chapters on the Aleutians, undated
Folder 24 Personal Justice Denied - Evacuation of Aleuts, undated
Folder 25 Preliminary Report Concerning the 1942 Japanese Invasion and Occupation of Attu and the Subsequent Removal of Attuans to Japan 1942-1945, 1978
Folder 26 The Relocation and Internment of the Aleuts During World War II, 1981
Folder 27-28 The Thousand-Mile War: World War II in Alaska and the Aleutians, 1969
Folder 29 The Unknown Islands: Life and Tales of Henry Swanson , 1982

Section: Newspaper Clippings, 1943 - 1989

Folder 30 Newspaper Clippings, 1943 - 1989

Section: Notes

Folder 29 Bibliography of Available Resources, undated

Box 15
Folder 1-6 Note Cards on Books, undated

Section: Questionnaires

Folder 7-8 Correspondence, 1988 - 1992
Folder 9 Notes, undated
Folder 10 Respondent Data Sheets, 1989
Folder 11-16 Respondent Replies, 1989
Folder 17-26 Typed Summaries, undated

Section: Subject Files

Folder 27 Chronology of Messages Received During Attack , June 1942
Folder 28 Dutch Harbor Anniversary and Remembrance, 1991 - 1992

Subseries 2. Manuscripts and Related Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1984-2001, the documents in this subseries mostly consist of manuscript drafts that emphasize the development of the manuscript from the original draft to the published version. The correspondence between Goldstein and Katherine Dillon further illuminates the editing process, as well as the marketing of the book.


Box 16
Folder 1 Corrections and Articles, 1987 - 1995
Folder 2 Correspondence- Arkansas Endowment for the Humanities, 1986 - 1990
Folder 3 Correspondence- General, 1984 - 2001
Folder 4-20 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 17
Folder 1 Manuscript Drafts, 1991

Series VIII. World War I

Scope and Content Notes:

The records in this series date from 2001 to 2003 and detail the process of compiling the images and writing the narrative for America in World War I: The Story and Photographs. Published by Donald Goldstein and Harry J. Maihafer in 2004, this pictorial details America’s participation in World War I (1914-1918), and provides brief sections on the antecedent events and aftermath of World War I. The correspondence focuses primarily on the process of selecting images and editing the manuscript drafts. The bulk of the materials are manuscript drafts, which are arranged chronologically and establish the development of the manuscript from the original draft to the published version. Images from this pictorial are contained and described in Series XIII: Photographs.


Box 18
Folder 1 Corrections, 2002
Folder 2 Correspondence, 1999 - 2002
Folder 3-7 Manuscript Drafts, 2002 - 2003
Folder 8 Research, 1915 - 2001

Series IX. World War II

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1901 to 2004, the World War II series is the most substantial in the collection. The files in this series demonstrate Donald Goldstein’s utilization of Gordon Prange’s preliminary research and unpublished manuscript drafts in the publication of numerous books and articles on World War II (1939-1945). The essence of this series is the Pacific theater of the war, especially the events surrounding the attack on Pearl Harbor. To view images related to this series, researchers should refer to Series XIII: Photographs. Additional information regarding these records can be found in the subseries scope notes.

Subseries 1. Research Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

This subseries contains the primary and secondary sources Gordon Prange and Donald Goldstein relied upon to write diverse books and articles about World War II. Originally amassed by Prange during his tenure with General Douglas MacArthur’s Historical Division in occupied Japan from 1946 to 1951, the Japanese documents contain first-hand accounts from the military commanders responsible for planning and executing the Pearl Harbor attack. They also supply an analysis by the Japanese government into the country’s failure in the Pacific War. The American documents include first-hand explanations of the Pearl Harbor attack and the American response, especially the government investigations into Pearl Harbor. The documents are further described in the following subsections: Government Documents, Interview Transcripts, Papers of Military and Political Officials, Ship Logs, and Secondary Sources.

Section: Government Documents

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1936-1966 this section reveals the political and military environment surrounding the attack on Pearl Harbor. Of the Japanese documents, the statements of Japanese officials are especially notable. Compiled by the military intelligence section of the Far East Command during the later 1940s, these statements describe military operations in the areas of the Philippines, New Guinea, the Solomon Islands, Bougainville, and Formosa (Taiwan). They also detail the Japanese plans for defending the homeland and the decision to surrender.

Especially significant among the American documents is the annotated set of the Joint Committee on the Investigation of the Pearl Harbor Attack testimony, which is supplemented by correspondence, excerpts, and notes. The subject files are also significant, as they illustrate the government’s efforts to mobilize manpower and supplies for the war effort. The files are arranged alphabetically by record type.

Folder 9 Correspondence, 1939 - 1942
Folder 10 Orders and Directives, November 1941
Folder 11 Questionnaire on Pearl Harbor, 1945
Folder 12 Reports- Operation of Japanese Empire, June 1941 - September 1941
Folder 13 Reports- Pearl Harbor Attack Plans, November 1941 - December 1941
Folder 14 Reports- Pearl Harbor Operations, 1953
Folder 15 Reports- Strategy for the Pacific War, 1940s
Folder 16 Reports- Submarine Operations: December 1941 - April 1942,1956
Folder 17-18 Statements Given by Japanese Officials, 1940s-1950s

Box 19
Folder 1-3 Statements Given by Japanese Officials, 1940s-1950s
Folder 4 Subject Files- Japanese Administration Structure, undated
Folder 5-6 Subject Files- Career Briefs of Japanese Officers, undated
Folder 7-9 Untranslated Texts, undated
Folder 10 War Diaries- 1st Des. Squadron, December 1941
Folder 11 War Diaries- 5th Cardiv Headquarters, December 1941
Folder 12 War Diaries- 3rd Battleship Division, December 1941
Folder 13 Correspondence- Cynthia Olsen (US Steamer), 1941, 1966
Folder 14 Correspondence- Navy Department Telegrams, December 1941
Folder 15 Maps, undated
Folder 16 Memoranda on the European Theater, 1942 - 1947
Folder 17-18 Organization Chart of the Navy Department, 1943
Folder 19 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Correspondence, 1944 - 1946
Folder 20-21 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Morgan Report, 1946
Folder 22 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Newspaper Clippings, 1941, 1951
Folder 23 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Pentagon Round Table Discussion, 1944
Folder 24 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Reports on Japanese Roconnaissance, 1946
Folder 25 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Summaries of Testimony by Witness, undated
Folder 26 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Testimony of Frank Beatty, 1946
Folder 27 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Testimony of Harold Kay, 1941
Folder 28-29 Pearl Harbor Investigations- Testimony of Miscellaneous Witnesses, 1944 - 1946

Box 20
Folder 1 Reports- U.S. Intelligence Estimates of Japanese Military, 1937 - 1943
Folder 2 Reports- Oahu Defenses on December 7th, 1940s
Folder 3-4 Reports- US Strategic Bombing Survey, 1945 - 1947
Folder 5 Reports- Military Intelligence Division - Activity in Far East, February 1941 - November 1941
Folder 6 Reports- Miscellaneous, 1944 - 1949
Folder 7 Subject Files- British War Organization, 1939 - 1943
Folder 8 Subject Files- Civil Service Commission, 1942 - 1943
Folder 9 Subject Files- Communications at Pearl Harbor Prior to Attack, December 1941
Folder 10 Subject Files- Coordination of the War Effort, 1942 - 1943
Folder 11 Subject Files- December 7th in Washington, December 1941
Folder 12 Subject Files- Economic Front and the Board of Economic Warfare, 1941 - 1942
Folder 13 Subject Files- Executive Legislature, 1940 - 1943
Folder 14 Subject Files- General Marshall and General Clarke, 1944 - 1968
Folder 15 Subject Files- Military System for Army, Navy, Air Force, undated
Folder 16 Subject Files- Mobilizing Man Power for the War, 1942 - 1943
Folder 17 Subject Files- Mobilizing the Home Front, 1942 - 1943
Folder 18 Subject Files- Pearl Harbor Attack, December 1941
Folder 19 Subject Files- Philippines, October 1941 - December 1941
Folder 20 Subject Files- Radio Communication Intelligence, November 1941 - December 1941
Folder 21 Subject Files- Shipping and Transporting Supplies, 1942 - 1943
Folder 22 Subject Files- Short, General Walter, 1936 - 1941
Folder 23 Subject Files- Short, General and General Kimmel - Reinstatement, December 1995
Folder 24 Subject Files- Sugamo Prison, 1947 - 1997
Folder 25 Subject Files- Takamatsu, Prince, 1973 - 1975
Folder 26 Subject Files- U.S. Marine Corps, 1941 - 1942
Folder 27 Subject Files- War Department on the Defense of Hawaii, November 1941
Folder 28 Subject Files- War Production Board and Reorganization of War Department, 1942
Folder 29 Subject Files- War Supply Policies, 1942 - 1943
Folder 30 Subject Files- Winds Message, 1945 - 1969
Folder 31 Subject Files- Women at Pearl Harbor, undated

Section: Interview Transcripts

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1946-1978, the interviews contain first-hand accounts of the attack on Pearl Harbor and the resulting Pacific War from the perspective of Japanese and American military leaders, government officials, and veterans. The interviews are arranged alphabetically by interviewee and may contain supplemental information such as correspondence, biographies, and other items related to the interviewees. Some of these materials may pre-date the interview dates.

The majority of the Japanese interviews date from 1946-1967, and were conducted by Gordon Prange during his term in Japan. The transcripts discuss the planning and execution of the Pearl Harbor attack, as well as the Pacific War, naval ministry, and military commanders. While all of the transcripts are notable, the multiple interviews with Mitsuo Fuchida, lead pilot for Pearl Harbor attack, and Minoru Genda, architect of the Pearl Harbor attack, are particularly insightful. The Fuchida transcripts detail his military career, especially his participation in Operation Hawaii and the Battle of Midway, as well as his conversion to Christianity. The Genda files elucidate the Japanese plans for the Pearl Harbor attack itself.

The American interviews, dating from 1961-1978, contain interviews conducted by Prange, as well as transcripts he gathered from archival repositories throughout the United States. The agencies of origination are referenced within the files. The interviews given by Admiral Husband Kimmel and his staff provide an insider’s perspective of the admiral and the pacific fleet before the attack. Also included here are the recollections of intelligence officers such as Lawrence Safford. Other interviews highlight the role of the Air Force, Army, and Navy in the Pacific War.


Box 21
Folder 1 Abe, Heijiro, 1950
Folder 2 Abe, Zengi, 1950
Folder 3 Aiko, Fumio, 1964
Folder 4 Amagai, Takahisa, 1949
Folder 5 Arima, Takayasu, 1948
Folder 6 Chigusa, Sadao, 1958
Folder 7 Chihaya, Masataka, 1947
Folder 8 Ema, Tamotsu, 1950
Folder 9 Enomoto, Juji, 1950
Folder 10-20 Fuchida, Mitsuo, 1947 - 1967
Folder 21 Fujita, Iyozo, 1951
Folder 22 Fukudome, Shigeru, 1946 - 1957
Folder 23-27 Genda, Minoru, 1945 - 1955
Folder 28 Goto, Jinichi, 1950
Folder 29 Hara, Chuichi, 1951 - 1955
Folder 30 Hashiguchi, Takashi, undated
Folder 31 Hashimoto, Toshio, 1950
Folder 32 Hattori, Takushiro, 1951
Folder 33 Hoshina, Zenshiro, 1951
Folder 34 Ibusuki, Masanobu, undated
Folder 35 Imaizumi, Kijiro, 1950
Folder 36 Inoue, Shigeyoshi, 1951
Folder 37 Ishiguro, Susumu, 1948
Folder 38 Ito, Seiroku, 1950
Folder 39 Iwami, Jozo, 1950
Folder 40 Jyojima, Takatsugu, 1951
Folder 41 Kawai, Iwao, 1951
Folder 42 Kishimoto, Kanji, 1950
Folder 43 Kitajima, Kazuyoshi, 1950
Folder 44 Kondo, Nodutoke, 1948
Folder 45 Kotoshirodo, Richard, 1967

Box 22
Folder 1 Kuroshima, Kamato, 1948
Folder 2 Kusaka, Ryunosuke, 1946 - 1949
Folder 3 Maeda, Kosei, 1955
Folder 4 Matsumura, Heita, 1951, 1965
Folder 5 Mito, Hisashi, 1945 - 1948
Folder 6 Mikawa, Gunichi, 1949
Folder 7 Mifuku, Iwakichi, 1951
Folder 8 Miscellaneous, 1946 - 1965
Folder 9 Miyo, Tatsukichi, 1949
Folder 10 Muranaka, Kazuo , 1949
Folder 11 Muto, Akira, 1946
Folder 12 Nagano, Osami, No Date
Folder 13 Nakajima, Atsumi, 1951
Folder 14 Nomura, Kichisaburo, 1949 - 1964
Folder 15 Ofuchi, Keiza , 1950
Folder 16 Ogawa, Kanji, 1949 - 1954
Folder 17 Ohashi, Kyogo, 1949
Folder 18 Ohmae, Toshikazu , 1947 - 1949
Folder 19 Oikawa, Koshiro, 1945 - 1949
Folder 20 Oka, Takasumi, 1946
Folder 21 Okajima, Kiyokuma, 1951
Folder 22 Okuda, Kazuhiro, 1950 - 1962
Folder 23 Omori, Sentaro, 1949
Folder 24 Ohnishi, Takijiro, 1945 - 1947
Folder 25 Onoda, Sutegiro , 1949
Folder 26 Otani, Iwao, 1950
Folder 27 Ozawa, Jisaburo, 1948, 1964
Folder 28 Sakagami, Goro, 1955
Folder 29 Sakamki, Kazuo, 1947
Folder 30 Sanagi, Sadamu , 1949
Folder 31 Sasaki, Akira, 1949
Folder 32 Sasaki, Hanku, 1950
Folder 33 Sata, Naohiro, 1949
Folder 34 Sato, Zenichi, 1950
Folder 35 Sawamoto, Yorio, 1949
Folder 36 Shibuya, Tatsuwaka, 1948
Folder 37 Shiga, Yoshio, 1964
Folder 38 Shimada, Shigetaro, 1945 - 1946
Folder 39 Shimizu, Mitsumi, 1948, 1965
Folder 40 Shimoda, Hisao, 1949
Folder 41 Shindo, Saburo, 1951
Folder 42 Suzuki, Eijiro, 1948
Folder 43 Suzuki, Suguru, 1949
Folder 44 Tachibana, Itaru, 1950
Folder 45 Takagi, Sokichi, 1951
Folder 46 Takata, Toshitane, 1950
Folder 47 Takeda, Haruo, 1950
Folder 48 Tanaka, Shinichi, 1946
Folder 49 Terauchi, Juichi, undated
Folder 50 Togo, Minoru, 1950
Folder 51 Togo, Shigenori, 1946
Folder 52-53 Tojo, Hideki , 1945 - 1946
Folder 54-55 Tomioka, Sadatoshi, 1947 - 1955
Folder 56 Toyoda, Soemu, 1950
Folder 57 Tsukada, Osami, undated
Folder 58 Tsukahara, Nishizo, 1949
Folder 59 Tsukamoto, Yuzo, undated
Folder 60 Uchida, Shigeshi, 1951, 1953
Folder 61 Uwai, Hiroshi, 1950
Folder 62 Watanabe, Yasuji, 1945 - 1950
Folder 63 Yamaguchi, Tamon, 1948
Folder 64 Yamamoto, Sadao, 1950
Folder 65 Yano, Shikado, 1950
Folder 66 Yokoi, Tadao, 1955
Folder 67 Yokota, Minoru, 1951
Folder 68 Yokoyama, Ichihei, 1950
Folder 69 Yoshida, Zengo, 1950
Folder 70 Yoshioka, Chuichi, 1949
Folder 71 Yoshikawa, Takeo, 1950 - 1965

Box 23
Folder 1 Allen, Brooke E., 1962
Folder 2 Avery, Guy C., undated
Folder 3 Backus, Edward N., 1961
Folder 4 Barnes, Harry Elmer, 1964
Folder 5 Beardall, John R., Jr., 1970
Folder 6 Beatty, Frank Edmund, Jr., 1962
Folder 7 Beck, Edgar B. , 1964
Folder 8 Bicknell, Waldo, 1964 - 1968
Folder 9 Bongo, Nicholas, 1964
Folder 10 Briggs, Ralph T. , 1977
Folder 11 Burford, Mrs. William, 1964
Folder 12 Clarke, Carter W., 1976
Folder 13 Clausen, Henry, 1976
Folder 14 Coe, Charles Frederick, 1963 - 1974
Folder 15 Collins, Joe , 1976
Folder 16 Cooper, Kathleen Burns, 1966
Folder 17 Crawford, John, 1964
Folder 18 Crosley, Paul C., 1970
Folder 19 Crouse, Robert, 1964
Folder 20 Curts, Maurice Edwin, 1962
Folder 21 Curylo, W. J., 1964
Folder 22 Daniels, William B., 1965
Folder 23 Davidson, Howard C., 1941 - 1962
Folder 24 Davis, Arthur, 1963
Folder 25 Davis, Charles W., 1963 - 1964
Folder 26 Davis, Cleveland, 1962 - 1964
Folder 27 DeLany, Walter, undated
Folder 28 Draemel, Milo F., 1963 - 1971
Folder 29 Dunlop, Robert H., 1962 - 1970
Folder 30 Dyer, George C., 1969
Folder 31 Dyer, Thomas H., 1985
Folder 32 Dykers, Thomas M., 1964
Folder 33 Early, Mrs. Stephen, 1970
Folder 34 East, Walter J., 1964
Folder 35 Eisnaugle, Harlan C., 1964
Folder 36 Erickson, Ruth A., undated
Folder 37 Farnum, William C., 1963 - 1977
Folder 38 Farthing, William E., 1955 - 1962
Folder 39 Fielder, Kendall J., 1941 - 1969
Folder 40 Fink, Carl Kenneth, 1970 - 1978
Folder 41 Finn, William S., 1964
Folder 42 Fleming, Robert, 1975 - 1977
Folder 43 Fletcher, Frank Jack, undated
Folder 44 Flood, William J., 1957 - 1962
Folder 45 Forrow, Thomas E. , 1964
Folder 46 Fortenberry, Robert, 1964
Folder 47 Freeman, Alton, 1964
Folder 48 French, Howard C., 1964
Folder 49 Fuqua, Samuel, 1923 - 1970
Folder 50 Furlong, William Rea 1962 - 1976
Folder 51 Gesell, Gerhard A., 1976
Folder 52 Grannis, Lawrence C., 1964
Folder 53 Grew, Joseph Clark , undated
Folder 54 Gutzak, Francis , 1953
Folder 55 Haynes, Allen, 1970 - 1972
Folder 56 Hesser, B.C., 1964
Folder 57 Hewitt, H. Kent , 1962
Folder 58 Heydt, William H., 1971
Folder 59 Hindmarsh, Albert E., 1964
Folder 60 Holmes, Winfred J., 1967 - 1968
Folder 61 Johnson, Doir C., 1964
Folder 62 Johnson, Emil, 1964
Folder 63 Kamont, Victor, 1964
Folder 64 Kent, Tyler Gatewood , 1963
Folder 65 Kimmel, Husband E., 1963 - 1964
Folder 66 Kramer, Mrs. Aldwin D., 1970
Folder 67 Kuehn, Otto, 1942
Folder 68 Landon, Truman H., 1941 - 1959
Folder 69 Layton, Edwin T., 1958 - 1964
Folder 70 Leard, E. W., 1963
Folder 71 Linn, George W. , undated
Folder 72 Marston, Morrill W., 1976 - 1977
Folder 73 McCollum, Arthur H., 1976
Folder 74 McKnight, John Roland, 1964
Folder 75 Michaud, Philippe A., 1964
Folder 76 Mollison, James, 1941 - 1970
Folder 77 Money, Raymond J., 1964
Folder 78 Montgomery, Mrs. David, 1964
Folder 79 Morgan, Edward P., 1952 - 1976
Folder 80 Moser, R.R., 1963 - 1964
Folder 81 Munson, Curtis B., 1977
Folder 82 Nightingale, Earl C., 1970
Folder 83 Nimitz, Chester, 1964 - 1966
Folder 84 O’Brien, George A., 1963 - 1964
Folder 85 Ogg, Robert, 1983
Folder 86 Osborne, William Daniel Jr., 1964
Folder 87 Outerbridge, William W., 1970 - 1987
Folder 88 Pullen, Harold F., 1964
Folder 89 Quynn, Allen G., 1963 - 1971
Folder 90 Rafsky, Harry M., 1964
Folder 91 Ramsey, Logan C., 1962
Folder 92 Reeves, Vernon H. , 1965
Folder 93 Richmond, David, 1977
Folder 94 Richmond, R. M., 1963 - 1964
Folder 95 Riggs, Cecil D., 1964
Folder 96 Rochefort, Joseph, 1964
Folder 97 Rogo, Jack, 1964
Folder 98 Rood, George A., 1964
Folder 99 Ruff, Lawrence E., 1964
Folder 100 Russell, Charles A., 1964
Folder 101 Safford, Laurence F, 1970 - 1972
Folder 102 Sampson, George P., 1963
Folder 103 Schindel, John, 1956
Folder 104 Shapley, Alan , 1967
Folder 105 Shaw, Duane W., 1970
Folder 106 Shoemaker, James M., 1963
Folder 107 Simons, R. B., 1941 - 1970
Folder 108 Smart, Harley F., 1964
Folder 109 Smedberg III, William, 1977
Folder 110 Smith, William, 1962
Folder 111 Spruance, Raymond A. , 1964 - 1975
Folder 112 Standley, William H., 1962
Folder 113 Stout, Herald F., 1964
Folder 114 Taussig, Joseph K, Jr., 1963
Folder 115 Terry, Mr., 1946
Folder 116 Thesman, Irvin H., 1964
Folder 117 Thiebaud, Kenneth E., 1970
Folder 118 Thomas, Francis, 1990
Folder 119 Thompson, Walter E., 1964
Folder 120 Throckmorton, Russell C., 1967
Folder 121 Train, Harold Cecil, 1962
Folder 122 Tucker, Dundas Preble, 1964
Folder 123 Tully, Grace, 1941 - 1970
Folder 124 Tyler, Kermit A., 1964
Folder 125 Wellborn, Charles, Jr., 1977
Folder 126 Wilson, Durward S., 1962 - 1963
Folder 127 Wilson, Wesley C., 1956 - 1963
Folder 128 Young, Mrs. Cassin , 1964

Section: Papers of Military Leaders and Government Officials

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1901-2004, this section contains the files Gordon Prange and Donald Goldstein compiled on Japanese and American World War II-era government officials, military commanders, and veterans. These personal papers focus predominately on the Pacific theater and are arranged alphabetically by individual. The files generally contain one or more of the following items: correspondence, diaries, memoranda, reports, and unpublished memoirs or manuscripts.

Amassed by Gordon Prange during his assignment with the Historical Division of the Far East Command, the Japanese files depict the personal reflections of several key military commanders. Among these is the diary of Rear Admiral Sadao Chigusa, which contains daily reports of the First Air Fleet’s progress towards Pearl Harbor and its return to Japan. Researchers may also be interested in Genda’s analysis of the Pearl Harbor operation. Most of the files contain both a Japanese and English version of the text.

The bulk of the American files contain items photocopied from U.S. archival institutions, which were later annotated by Prange and Dillon. In general, these items chronicle the individual’s role in the war. For example, the Roosevelt and Hopkins files reveal the president’s awareness of activities in Europe and the Pacific prior to and during the war. However, the correspondence between Harry Elmer Barnes, revisionist historian, Charles C. Hiles, Lieutenant Commander of naval fleets in the Far East and cryptanalyst, and Husband Kimmel, Commander in Chief of the U.S. Pacific Fleet at the time of the Pearl Harbor attack, concentrate on contemporary issues. More specifically, the letters between these gentlemen discuss the Pearl Harbor investigations, revisionist history, and Prange’s merits as an historian. These photocopied items are augmented by the scrapbooks of two Pittsburgh-area veterans, John Curran and Elliot Finkel, who served in the European theater of the war from 1942 to 1945. Images from these scrapbooks are located in Series XIII: Photographs, and represent the daily activities of American soldiers.


Box 24
Folder 1-3 Chigusa, Sadao, 1941 - 1975
Folder 4-5 Chihaya, Masataka, 1941 - 1948
Folder 6-7 Fuchida, Mitsuo- Manuscripts, 1960s
Folder 8 Fuchida, Mitsuo- Miscellaneous, undated
Folder 9 Fuchida, Mitsuo- Sky Pilots, 1952 - 1957
Folder 10 Fukudome, Shigeru, undated
Folder 11 Genda, Minora- Affidavit, 1948
Folder 12 Genda, Minora- Biographical Information, undated
Folder 13 Genda, Minora- Correspondence with Prange, 1953, 1962
Folder 14-18 Genda, Minora- Manuscripts, 1947 - 1972
Folder 19 Kido, Marquis, 1941
Folder 20 Kondo, Nobutake, 1947
Folder 21 Kusaka, Ryunosuke, 1946 - 1952
Folder 22 Nakahara, Giichi, 1941
Folder 23 Nomura, Kichisaburo, 1941
Folder 24 Ohmae, Toshikazu, 1961
Folder 25 Ozawa, Jisaburo, undated
Folder 26 Sanagi, Sadamu, 1949
Folder 27 Sendu, Mr., undated
Folder 28 Shimada, Shigetaro, 1976
Folder 29 Shirao, Tateki , 1941 - 1946
Folder 30 Toyoda, Soemu, undated
Folder 31 Uchida, Shigeshi, 1940 - 1941
Folder 32 Yamamoto, Isoroku- Correspondence, 1939 - 1954
Folder 33 Yamamoto, Isoroku- Miscellaneous, 1901 - 1939

Box 25
Folder 1 Baldwin, Hanson, 1941 - 1976
Folder 2-6 Barnes, Harold- Correspondence, 1944 - 1968
Folder 7 Barnes, Harold- Manuscripts, 1960s
Folder 8 Barnes, Harold- Notes by Gordon Prange, undated
Folder 9 Belknap, Reginald, 1954 - 1957
Folder 10 Berle, Adolph, 1938 - 1944
Folder 11 Bloch, Charles, 1936 - 1942
Folder 12 Clarke, Woodrow Wilson, 1940 - 1990
Folder 13 Curran, John, 1931 - 1950
Folder 14 Finkel, Elliot- Application to Air Corps, 1942
Folder 15 Finkel, Elliot- Biographical Information, 1994 - 2004
Folder 16 Finkel, Elliot- Correspondence, 1944 - 1996
Folder 17 Finkel, Elliot- Descriptions of Missions and Targets, 1943 - 1944
Folder 18 Finkel, Elliot- History of 392nd Bomb Group, 1989 - 2000
Folder 19 Finkel, Elliot- Maps of Erkner near Berlin, 1944
Folder 20 Finkel, Elliot- Maps of Furth, Germany, 1944
Folder 21 Finkel, Elliot- Military Intelligence - Evasion Reports, 1944
Folder 22 Finkel, Elliot- Miscellaneous, 1942 - 1945
Folder 23 Finkel, Elliot- Newspaper Clippings on European Theater, 1944 - 1945
Folder 24 Finkel, Elliot- Permission for Leave of Absence, 1944 - 1945
Folder 25 Finkel, Elliot- Promotions and Discharge, 1943 - 1945
Folder 26 Forrestal, James, 1942 - 1946
Folder 27 Friedman, undated
Folder 28 Furlong, 1954
Folder 29 Halsey, William H., 1941 - 1957
Folder 30 Hamlin, Charles, 1945
Folder 31 Hart, Thomas, 1941 - 1962
Folder 32-33 Hiles, Charles- Correspondence, 1962 - 1972
Folder 34 Hiles, Charles- Manuscripts, 1940s
Folder 35 Hiles, Charles- Notes by Gordon Prange, undated

Box 26
Folder 1 Hopkins, Harry Lloyd- Correspondence, September 1941 - June 1942
Folder 2 Hopkins, Harry Lloyd- Memos on the Situation in China and Indo-China, March 1941 - December 1941
Folder 3 Hopkins, Harry Lloyd- Reports on European Theater, 1940s
Folder 4 Hopkins, Harry Lloyd- Reports on Pacific Theater, 1935 - 1942
Folder 5 Hornbeck, Stanley K.- Biography, 1931 - 1941
Folder 6-7 Hornbeck, Stanley K.- Correspondence, 1935 - 1959
Folder 8 Hull, Cordell- Correspondence, 1940 - 1941
Folder 9-11 Hull, Cordell- Memos of Conversations with Japanese Ambassador, 1941
Folder 12 Hull, Cordell- Memos on US-Japan Relations, 1941
Folder 13 Hull, Cordell- Press Conferences, 1940 - 1941
Folder 14 Jones, Jesse, 1941, 1943
Folder 15 Kimmel, Husband E.- Ancestors and Descendents, 1956
Folder 16 Kimmel, Husband E.- Biographical Information, undated
Folder 17-21 Kimmel, Husband E.- Correspondence, 1941 - 1967
Folder 22 Kimmel, Husband E.- Notes by Gordon Prange, undated
Folder 23 Kimmel, Husband E.- Service Record, 1916 - 1942
Folder 24 Kimmel, Husband E.- Yearbook from the Naval Academy, 1899
Folder 25 King, Ernest- Correspondence, 1941 - 1952
Folder 26 King, Ernest- Notes by Gordon Prange, undated
Folder 27 Knox, Frank, 1941 - 1942
Folder 28 Kuehn, Otto, undated
Folder 29 Lavender, R. A., 1944, 1976
Folder 30 Leahy, William D., 1938 - 1939
Folder 31 Long, Breckenridge, 1937 - 1946
Folder 32 Longacre, Robert, 1941
Folder 33-35 Marshall, George- Correspondence, 1941 - 1945
Folder 36 Marshall, George- Inventory and Notes, 1977
Folder 37 Marshall, George- Memoranda on Pearl Harbor Attack, 1941 - 1966
Folder 38 Marshall, George- Minutes of War Department Staff Meetings, 1941 - 1942
Folder 39 Marshall, George- Testimony before Roberts Commission, undated

Box 27
Folder 1 Martin, Frederick L., 1940 - 1962
Folder 2 McDonald, Joseph, undated
Folder 3 Miscellaneous, 1970s
Folder 4-6 Morgenthau, H. Jr.- Diary Book, 1941 - 1942
Folder 7 Morgenthau, H. Jr.- Presidential Diary, 1938 - 1945
Folder 8 Patterson, Robert P., 1939 - 1941
Folder 9-13 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Correspondence, 1939 - 1944
Folder 14 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Battle of Midway, 1942
Folder 15 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Command of General MacArthur, 1934 - 1945
Folder 16 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Developments in China, 1937 - 1941
Folder 17 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Editorial Opinion of the Roosevelt Administration, 1941 - 1942
Folder 18 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Embargos, 1939 - 1941
Folder 19 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- European Theater of WWII, 1939 - 1942
Folder 20 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Military Developments in the Far East, 1940 - 1944
Folder 21 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Military Planning, 1937 - 1941
Folder 22 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Notes and Requests for Copies, 1972
Folder 23 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Pacific War Situation, 1941 - 1944
Folder 24 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Possible Japanese Espionage in Hawaii, 1935 - 1937
Folder 25 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Pearl Harbor Attack, 1941 - 1942
Folder 26 Roosevelt, Franklin D.- Relations with Japan, 1937 - 1941
Folder 27 Ruggs, Charles, 1944
Folder 28 Safford, Laurence F.- Kita Message, 1970 - 1971
Folder 29 Safford, Laurence F.- Notes by Gordon Prange, undated
Folder 30 Safford, Laurence F.- Winds Message, 1940 - 1941
Folder 31 Sehe, Charles T., 1994 - 2004
Folder 32 Short, Walter, 1941 - 1945
Folder 33 Standley, William H., 1934 - 1953

Box 28
Folder 1-2 Stark, H.R.- Correspondence, 1942 - 1945
Folder 3 Stark, H.R.- Diary, undated
Folder 4-5 Stimson, Henry, 1939 - 1945
Folder 6 Taft, Robert A., 1944 - 1945
Folder 7 Theobald, Robert A., 1954
Folder 8 Turner, R.K., 1944 - 1946
Folder 9 Wallace, Henry A., 1941
Folder 10 Watson, Edwin, 1939 - 1940
Folder 11 Wilkerson, Buster, undated
Folder 12 Yarnell, H.E.- Correspondence, 1937 - 1939
Folder 13 Yarnell, H.E.- Notes by Gordon Prange, undated

Section: Ship Logs

Scope and Content Notes:

Arranged alphabetically by ship, the bulk of the logs date from December 6 - 7, 1941 and pertain to the ships most affected by the Pearl Harbor attack. The logs provide succinct descriptions of each ship’s location and condition prior to the attack, as well as its activities during the attack and immediately thereafter. Several of the files also contain a comprehensive ship history.

Folder 14 Miscellaneous, undated
Folder 15 USS Allen, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 16 USS Antares, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 17 USS Argonne, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 18 USS Ash, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 19 USS Avocet, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 20 USS Aylwin, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 21 USS Bagley, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 22 USS Blue, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 23 USS Bobolinkl, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 24 USS Breese, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 25 USS Cachalot, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 26 USS California, December 5, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 27 USS Case, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 28 USS Castor, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 29 USS Chew, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 30 USS Condor, December 7, 1941
Folder 31 USS Conyngham, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 32 USS Cummings, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 33 USS Curtis, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 34 USS Dale, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 35 USS Detroit , December 7, 1941
Folder 36 USS Dewey, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 37 USS Dobbin, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 38 USS Dolphin, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 39 USS Farragut, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 40 USS Gamble, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 41 USS Grebe , December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 42 USS Gudgeon, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 43 USS Helena, December 7, 1941
Folder 44 USS Helm, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 45 USS Henley, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 46 USS Honolulu, December 7, 1941
Folder 47 USS Hulbert, December 6, 1941- December 7, 1941
Folder 48 USS Hull, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 49 USS Isabel, December 1, 1941 - December 8, 1941
Folder 50 USS Jarvis, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 51 USS Keosanqua, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 52 USS Macdonough, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 53 USS Maryland, December 5, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 54 USS Medusa, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 55 USS Monaghan, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 56 USS Montgomery, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 57 USS Mugford, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 58 USS Narwhal, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 59 USS Neosho, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 60 USS Nevada , December 5, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 61 USS New Orleans, December 7, 1941
Folder 62 USS Oglala, December 7, 1941
Folder 63 USS PT Boats, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 64 USS Patterson, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 65 USS Pelias, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 66 USS Pennsylvania, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 67 USS Perry, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 68 USS Phelps, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 69 USS Phoenix, December 7, 1941
Folder 70 USS Preble, December 6, 1941 - December 8, 1941
Folder 71 USS Pruitt , December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 72 USS Rail, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 73 USS Raleigh, December 7, 1941
Folder 74 USS Ralph Talbot, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 75 USS Ramapo, December 6, 1941- December 7, 1941
Folder 76 USS Ramsay, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 77 USS Reid, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 78 USS Rigel, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 79 USS Sacramento, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 80 USS St. Louis, December 7, 1941
Folder 81 USS San Francisco, December 7, 1941
Folder 82 USS Schley, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 83 USS Selfridge, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 84 USS Shaw, December 2, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 85 USS Sicard, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 86 USS Solace, December 6, 1941 - December 8, 1941
Folder 87 USS Sumner, December 5, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 88 USS Sunnadin, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 89 USS Swan, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 90 USS Tangier, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 91 USS Tautog, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 92 USS Tennessee, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 93 USS Tern, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 94 USS Thornton, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 95 USS Tracy , December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 96 USS Trever, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 97 USS Tucker, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 98 USS Turkey, December 5, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 99 USS Vestal, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 100 USS Virego, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 101 USS Ward, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 102 USS Wasmuth, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 103 USS Whitney, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 104 USS Widgeon, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 105 USS Worden, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941
Folder 106 USS Zane, December 6, 1941 - December 7, 1941

Section: Secondary Sources

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1929-1991, these files are subdivided into journal articles, manuscript extracts, and newspaper clippings. Under each of these subheadings, the files are arranged alphabetically by topic. Although the series contains information on the Pacific War and the major participants, the central theme is the Pearl Harbor attack.


Box 29
Folder 1 Articles, 1942 - 1956
Folder 2-5 Manuscripts- Hawaii Operation, 1969
Folder 6 Manuscripts- Naval Ministry and Battle Histories, 1930 - 1951
Folder 7 Manuscripts- Relations Between US and Japan, 1932 - 1944
Folder 8 Newspaper Clippings, 1941 - 1942
Folder 9 Articles- Codes and Intelligence, 1955 - 1999
Folder 10 Articles- Articles- European Theater, 1944 - 1945
Folder 11 Articles- General Warfare, 1941 - 1970
Folder 12 Articles- Japan, 1931 - 1976
Folder 13 Articles- Individuals from Japan, 1942 - 1976
Folder 14 Articles- Individuals from the United States, 1929 - 1966
Folder 15 Articles- Miscellaneous, undated
Folder 16 Articles- Naval Institute Proceedings, 1965 - 1971
Folder 17 Articles- Pacific Region and the Pacific War, 1922 - 1942
Folder 18 Articles- Pearl Harbor - Before Attack, 1941 - 1958
Folder 19 Articles- Pearl Harbor - Description of Attack, 1942 - 1981
Folder 20 Articles- Pearl Harbor - Investigations of Attack, 1941 - 1975
Folder 21 Articles- Pearl Harbor - Miscellaneous, 1941 - 1964
Folder 22 Articles- Pearl Harbor - Prior Knowledge of Possible Attack, 1945 - 1984
Folder 23 Articles- Pearl Harbor - Remembrance, 1956 - 1986
Folder 24 Articles- Pearl Harbor - Results of Attack, 1941 - 1967
Folder 25 Articles- Political, 1941 - 1977
Folder 26 Articles- Relations Between US and Japan, 1941 - 1977

Box 30
Folder 1 Articles- Research of John Toland, 1983
Folder 2 Articles- Reviews and Reference Articles, 1942 - 1970
Folder 3 Chronology of Pacific War, undated
Folder 4 Manuscripts- Ellis, Earl, 1950s
Folder 5 Manuscripts- German-language on Japan in World War II, 1980s
Folder 6 Manuscripts- Kimmel, Short and Pearl Harbor, 2003
Folder 7 Manuscripts- Neumann Book - Excerpts, undated
Folder 8 Manuscripts- Miscellaneous Excerpts on Pacific Region, 1928 - 1959
Folder 9 Manuscripts- Nimitz, Fleet Admiral, 1976, 1985
Folder 10 Manuscripts- Operation Magic-The Secret Sources of the Pacific War, undated
Folder 11-12 Manuscripts- "This Means War", undated
Folder 13-14 Manuscripts- Ultra Intelligence in World War II, 1987
Folder 15 Manuscripts- Unknown Book, undated
Folder 16 Newspaper Clippings- Honolulu Star Bulletin, 1941
Folder 17 Newspaper Clippings- Japanese Surrender, 1945
Folder 18 Newspaper Clippings- Pearl Harbor - Attack, 1941
Folder 19 Newspaper Clippings- Pearl Harbor - Boise Incident, 1945
Folder 20 Newspaper Clippings- Pearl Harbor - Individuals, 1961 - 1985
Folder 21 Newspaper Clippings- Pearl Harbor - Investigations, 1941 - 1946
Folder 22 Newspaper Clippings- Pearl Harbor - Investigation and General Marshall, 1945 - 1946
Folder 23 Newspaper Clippings- Pearl Harbor - Miscellaneous, 1941 - 1989
Folder 24 Newspaper Clippings- Pearl Harbor - Port Arthur, 1904, 1941
Folder 25 Newspaper Clippings- Pearl Harbor - Remembrance, 1951 - 1991
Folder 26 Newspaper Clippings- Stars and Stripes, 1943 - 1945
Folder 27 Student Papers, 1963 - 1976

Subseries 2. Manuscripts and Related Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

This subseries contains the manuscript drafts and related materials generated by Donald Goldstein, Gordon Prange, and Katherine Dillon as they wrote numerous books and articles on World War II. Arranged alphabetically by book title, each subsection contains corrections, correspondence, manuscript drafts, and reference materials. The majority of the correspondence occurs between Goldstein and Dillon and outlines the progress of compiling/editing books. Additional correspondence consists of marketing plans for the books and reader responses. The manuscripts are arranged from the earliest drafts to the proofs of the most recent edition, and illustrate the many cuts and changes made to the manuscripts prior to publication. The reference materials furnish background information on the specific topic covered by each book. The records are further described in the following subsections.

Section: At Dawn We Slept: The Untold Story of Pearl Harbor

Scope and Content Notes:

Drawn from volumes I and II of Prange’s unpublished manuscript “Tora, Tora, Tora,” this is the first book published through the combined efforts of Donald Goldstein, Gordon Prange, and Katherine V. Dillon. Initially published in 1981, the book chronicles the military action surrounding the Pearl Harbor attack. With the exception of revisions to the appendix and the addition of an afterword, the manuscript drafts relate to the first edition.


Box 31
Folder 1 Audio Script, 1990
Folder 2 Bibliographies and Information on Prange's Research, c. 1980
Folder 3 Book Cover and Reviews, 1981 - 2001
Folder 4 Corrections, undated
Folder 5-7 Correspondence- General, 1980 - 2001
Folder 8 Publicity and Book Promotion, 1981 - 1983
Folder 9-20 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 32
Folder 1-19 Manuscript Drafts, 1981

Box 33
Folder 1-10 Manuscript Drafts, 1981 - 1991

Section: D-Day Normandy: The Story and the Photographs

Scope and Content Notes:

This subsection details the process of compiling the images and writing the narrative for the pictorial, D-Day Normandy: The Story and the Photographs, by Donald Goldstein, Katherine V. Dillon, and J. Michael Wenger. Published in 1993, the pictorial illustrates America’s role in the June 1944 invasion of Normandy. The research materials include manuscript excerpts contemporary to the D-Day invasion along with more recent articles. Images from this pictorial are contained and described in Series XIII: Photographs.

Folder 11 Captions, undated
Folder 12 Corrections, 1993
Folder 13 Correspondence, 1994 - 2003
Folder 14-17 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 34
Folder 1-3 Manuscript Drafts, 1993 - 1994
Folder 4-5 Research Materials- Articles, 1984 - 1994
Folder 6-7 Research Materials- Manuscript Excepts, 1944 - 1976

Section: December 7, 1941: The Day the Japanese Attacked Pearl Harbor

Scope and Content Notes:

This is the third book drawn from Gordon Prange’s unpublished manuscript “Tora, Tora, Tora,” and was published in 1988. December 7, 1941 relies heavily upon eyewitness accounts to provide a chronological description of the events occurring directly before the Pearl Harbor attack through Roosevelt’s declaration of war on December 8, 1941.

Folder 8 Audio Script, 1991
Folder 9 Corrections and Miscellaneous, undated
Folder 10 Correspondence, 1985 - 1922
Folder 11-18 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 35
Folder 1-22 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 36
Folder 1-5 Manuscript Drafts, 1987

Section: Fading Victory: The Diary of Admiral Matome Ugaki, 1941-1945

Scope and Content Notes:

Based upon the diary of Admiral Matome Ugaki, Fading Victory depicts the daily activities of the Japanese Imperial Navy, which is accompanied by Ugaki’s assessment of the fighting. Begun by Gordon Prange in the 1950s, publication of the Ugaki diary was postponed until the completion of the “Tora, Tora, Tora” project. After Prange’s death, Donald Goldstein and Katherine V. Dillon resumed work on the Ugaki diary and eventually published it through the University of Pittsburgh Press in 1991. The vast majority of the files consist of edited manuscript drafts.

Folder 6-7 Correspondence- Chihaya, 1954 - 1992
Folder 8-9 Correspondence- General, 1978 - 2000
Folder 10-18 Manuscript Drafts, 1947

Box 37
Folder 1-20 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 38
Folder 1-21 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 39
Folder 1-22 Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 40
Folder 1-17 Manuscript Drafts, 1989
Folder 18 Miscellaneous, 1989 - 1994

Section: God's Samurai: Lead Pilot at Pearl Harbor

Scope and Content Notes:

Based upon a series of interviews between Gordon Prange and Mitsuo Fuchida, (located in the World War II research subseries) these manuscript materials describe Fuchida’s life from his military exploits through his missionary efforts. Initially written by Prange during the 1960s, the Fuchida biography continued to be revised during the next thirty years due to newly discovered information and publisher edits, such as the discovery of Fuchida’s love child and the removal of several chapters relating to his religious conversion. Under the editorship of Donald Goldstein and Katherine V. Dillon, the manuscript was finally published in 1990. In addition to the manuscript drafts, these records contain several reference files, which detail Fuchida’s missionary work throughout Europe and the United States during the 1950s-1960s.


Box 41
Folder 1-4 Correspondence- General, 1952 - 1993
Folder 5 Correspondence- Report on Fuchida Project, 1964
Folder 6-24 Correspondence- Manuscript Drafts, undated

Box 42
Folder 1-24 Correspondence- Manuscript Drafts, 1981

Box 43
Folder 1-18 Correspondence- Manuscript Drafts, 1981 - 1990
Folder 19 Research Materials- Church of the Open Door, 1964
Folder 20-27 Research Materials- Fuchida, 1949 - 1976
Folder 28 Research Materials- Fuchida's Son, 1964 - 1969
Folder 29 Research Materials- Miscellaneous, 1942 - 1969

Section: Miracle at Midway

Scope and Content Notes:

Initially written by Gordon Prange during the 1960s and 1970s, Miracle at Midway contains first-hand accounts from American and Japanese veterans who fought in the battle or commanded the troops at Midway Island. The first published version of Midway appeared in the November 1972 edition of Reader’s Digest as a condensed version of the full text. Prange’s full-length manuscript on Midway was finally published in 1982, under the editorship of Donald Goldstein and Katherine V. Dillon.


Box 44
Folder 1 Corrections, Maps, and Reviews, 1982 - 1983
Folder 2-3 Correspondence, 1965 - 2002
Folder 4-22 Manuscript Drafts, 1960s - 1982

Box 45
Folder 1-8 Manuscript Drafts, 1982
Folder 9-10 Research Materials, 1971

Section: Nuts! The Battle of the Bulge: The Story and the Photographs

Scope and Content Notes:

These documents reveal the process of compiling photographs and writing the narrative for Nuts! The Battle of the Bulge: The Story and Photographs. This pictorial by Donald Goldstein, Katherine V. Dillon, and J. Michael Wenger was published in 1994. It contains hundreds of images from American and German sources depicting the daring counter attack by German forces in the Ardennes in December 1944. Images from this pictorial are located in Series XIII: Photographs.

Folder 11 Corrections, undated
Folder 12 Correspondence, 1993 - 1994
Folder 13-19 Manuscript Drafts, 1993

Box 46
Folder 1-11 Manuscript Drafts, 1993 - 1994
Folder 12 Miscellaneous, 1994

Section: Pacific War Papers: Japanese Documents of World War II

Scope and Content Notes:

This is the second book extracted from Echoes of the Pacific War: the Japanese Speak, an unpublished compendium of Japanese sources on the Pacific War. Complied by Donald Goldstein and Katherine V. Dillon, the book was published in 2004 and describes Japan’s navy and political diplomacy before the Pearl Harbor attack, as well as during the later portion of the Pacific War.

Folder 13 Correspondence, 2002 - 2004
Folder 14-24 Manuscript Drafts, 2002 - 2003

Box 47
Folder 1-3 Manuscript Drafts, 2004
Folder 4 Research Materials, undated

Section: Pearl Harbor Papers: Inside the Japanese Plans

Scope and Content Notes:

This is the first book extracted from Echoes of the Pacific War: the Japanese Speak, an unpublished compendium of Japanese sources on the Pacific War. Complied by Donald Goldstein and Katherine V. Dillon, the book was published in 1993 and contains Japanese primary sources and expert commentary on the Pearl Harbor attack.

Folder 5 Corrections, 1993
Folder 6 Correspondence, 1991 - 1999
Folder 7-27 Manuscript Drafts, 1993 - 1997

Section: Pearl Harbor: The Verdict of History

Scope and Content Notes:

Published in 1987, this is the second book drawn from Gordon Prange’s unpublished manuscript “Tora, Tora, Tora.” In general, Pearl Harbor: The Verdict of History explains the political environment surrounding the Pearl Harbor attack and provides Prange’s analysis of the reactions to the attack, or lack thereof.


Box 48
Folder 1 Audio Script, undated
Folder 2 Book Cover, Reviews, Miscellaneous, 1985 - 1991
Folder 3 Corrections, undated
Folder 4 Correspondence, 1983 - 1996
Folder 5-17 Manuscript Drafts, 1983 - 1984

Box 49
Folder 1-17 Manuscript Drafts, 1984 - 1985

Section: Rain of Ruin: A Photographic History of Hiroshima and Nagasaki

Scope and Content Notes:

This section depicts Goldstein’s efforts to compile photographs and write the narrative for Rain of Ruin: A Photographic History of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Published in 1995, the pictorial by Donald Goldstein, J. Michael Wenger and Katherine V. Dillon, presents countless photographs of the people and events surrounding the use of atomic weapons on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. The research materials contain the statements of Japanese officers on the effect of atomic weapons, as well as histories of the 509th Composite Group, the specialized unit responsible for delivering the atomic weapons to Japan. Additional research files detail the controversies sparked by Colonel Tibbets’ 1976 re-enactment of the bombing and the Smithsonian's 1995 Enola Gay exhibit. Images from this pictorial are contained and described in Series XIII: Photographs.


Box 50
Folder 1 Corrections, undated
Folder 2 Correspondence, 1994 - 1999
Folder 3-11 Manuscript Drafts, 1994 - 1995
Folder 12 Research- Articles - Controversy, 1962 - 1994
Folder 13 Research- Articles - Miscellaneous, 1960 - 1992
Folder 14 Research- History of the 509th Composite Group, 1945
Folder 15 Research- Manuscript Excerpts, 1978 - 1992
Folder 16 Research- Military Orders, 1945
Folder 17 Research- Pictorial of the 509th Composite Group, 1952
Folder 18 Research- Statements of Japanese Officials, 1949 - 1950

Section: Target Tokyo: The Story of the Sorge Spy Ring

Scope and Content Notes:

Originally written by Gordon Prange during the 1960s, this manuscript highlights the activities of a Russian spy, Richard Sorge, who used his connections in the German Embassy to obtain Nazi party information. A condensed version of the manuscript first appeared in Reader’s Digest in January 1967. However, Prange’s dedication to completing the “Tora, Tora, Tora” project greatly delayed the publication of the full-length manuscript. Upon Prange’s death, the manuscript was passed to Donald Goldstein and Katherine V. Dillon, who finalized the editing. In 1984 the book was published under the title Target Tokyo. Researchers wishing to know more about the Sorge spy ring should consult the reference files, several of which are in German.


Box 51
Folder 1 Audio Script, 1991
Folder 2 Corrections, 1960s - 1984
Folder 3-5 Correspondence, 1962 - 1996
Folder 6-19 Manuscript Drafts, 1967 - 1983

Box 52
Folder 1-22 Manuscript Drafts, 1983 - 1984

Box 53
Folder 1-12 Manuscript Drafts, 1984
Folder 13 Promotional Materials, 1984 - 1985
Folder 14 Research Materials- Articles, undated
Folder 15 Research Materials- Correspondence and Reports, 1935 - 1950
Folder 16 Research Materials- German Ministry Files, 1941 - 1942
Folder 17 Research Materials- Interview of Max Clausen, undated
Folder 18 Research Materials- Manuscript - Dr. Sorge Report, 1985
Folder 19-20 Research Materials- Manuscript - Miscellaneous in German language, 1932 - 1989
Folder 21 Research Materials- Manuscript - Sorge’s Own Story, 1942
Folder 22 Research Materials- Notes Written by Prange or Goldstein, undated
Folder 23 Research Materials- Report - Military Intelligence on Sorge Spy Ring, 1947
Folder 24 Research Materials- Report - Partial Documentation of Sorge Espionage Case, 1950

Section: Tora, Tora, Tora

Scope and Content Notes:

Virtually all of the files in this section are the work of Gordon Prange. Taken together, these files divulge his thirty-year effort to complete the four-volume Pearl Harbor manuscript, “Tora, Tora, Tora”. Although the manuscript was never published in its original four-volume form, Prange did succeed in publishing a condensed version through Reader’s Digest in 1963. More importantly, “Tora, Tora, Tora” served as the foundation for At Dawn We Slept, Pearl Harbor: Verdict of History, and December 7, 1941. Researchers interested in viewing Prange’s assessment of his Pearl Harbor work should consult the marketing correspondence file. Additional files pertain to the Twentieth Century Fox film Tora, Tora, Tora, which featured Prange as a contributor.


Box 54
Folder 1-2 Corrections, 1970 - 1978
Folder 3 Correspondence- Chihaya, 1970
Folder 4-7 Correspondence- General, 1962 - 2001
Folder 8 Correspondence- Marketing, 1978
Folder 9 Film Project with 20th Century Fox- Contracts, 1965 - 1967
Folder 10 Film Project with 20th Century Fox- Correspondence, 1963 - 1970
Folder 11 Film Project with 20th Century Fox- Promotional Materials, 1967 - 1970
Folder 12 Film Project with 20th Century Fox- Scripts, 1966 - 1968
Folder 13-26 Manuscript Drafts, c. 1973

Box 55
Folder 1-23 Manuscript Drafts, c. 1973

Box 56
Folder 1-25 Manuscript Drafts, 1973 - 1974
Folder 26 Miscellaneous, 1970 - 1993

Section: The Way it Was: Pearl Harbor, The Original Photographs

Scope and Content Notes:

This section examines the process of compiling photographs and writing the narrative for The Way It Was: Pearl Harbor, which was released in time for the 50th anniversary of the attack in 1991. Assembled by Donald Goldstein, Katherine V. Dillon, and J. Michael Wenger, this pictorial contains over 400 images of the Japanese attack on December 7th, 1941. Images from this pictorial are contained and described in Series XIII: Photographs.


Box 57
Folder 1-2 Correspondence, 1982 - 2002
Folder 3-18 Manuscript Drafts, 1989 - 1990
Folder 19 Outlines, Reviews, and Miscellaneous, 1991

Series X. Prange Enterprise

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1949 to 2002, this series contains the business records associated with the researching, writing, editing, and publishing of manuscripts originated by Gordon Prange. These files are arranged under the following subseries: correspondence, financial records, legal and miscellaneous.

Subseries 1. Correspondence

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1949-1975, the research correspondence reveals the processes through which Gordon Prange located and collected information on the Pacific theater of World War II. The remaining correspondence dates from 1980-1988, and exposes Donald Goldstein’s and Katherine V. Dillon’s efforts to publish Prange’s manuscripts and monitor the use of his research materials.


Box 58
Folder 1-2 Book Related, 1976 - 2001
Folder 3 Financial, 1972 - 2001
Folder 4 Legal, 1981 - 1989
Folder 5-6 Locating Research- Forrest, Jerry, 1949 - 1951
Folder 7 Locating Research- Japan, 1950 - 1964
Folder 8 Locating Research- United States, 1971 - 1984
Folder 9 Prange, Anne, 1980 - 1987
Folder 10 Requests to View Prange Research, 1981 - 2001

Subseries 2. Financial

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1964-2002, the financial records are arranged chronologically under the headings of expense reports and royalty statements.

Folder 11 Account of Expenses, 1970 - 1989
Folder 12-13 Expense Reports- Fuchida, Mitsuo, 1964 - 1965
Folder 14 Expense Reports- Prange, Gordon, 1966 - 1981
Folder 15-18 Expense Reports- Royalty Statements, 1978 - 2002

Subseries 3. Legal

Scope and Content Notes:

The interview agreements reveal that Prange negotiated exclusive rights from Japanese commanders in exchange for a portion of his royalties. The publishing agreements contain contracts between Prange Enterprise and various publishing companies for the development of books.

Folder 19 Interview Agreements, 1959 - 1960
Folder 20-23 Publishing Agreements, 1953 - 2001

Subseries 4. Miscellaneous

Scope and Content Notes:

Dating from 1982-1994, this series contains items such as agendas and progress reports, which summarize the activities of Prange Enterprise. In addition, the Prange collection file describes Prange’s donation to the University of Maryland, and details his scholarly contributions.

Folder 24 Agendas, 1982 - 1985
Folder 25 Prange Collection at University of Maryland, 1979 - 1984
Folder 26 Semi-Annual Progress Reports, 1983 - 1994

Series XI. Personal, Donald Goldstein

Scope and Content Notes:

The files in this series date from 1953 to 2004 and cover Goldstein’s life from his college education onward. The files are arranged alphabetically under the following subheadings: consulting, correspondence, education, miscellaneous, resumes, and travel. The consulting files are insightful, as they highlight the diversity of Goldstein’s professional activities beyond the realms of academia and book publishing. Generally, the consulting files pertain to World War II anniversaries and history conferences, and are arranged chronologically under the following formats: films, manuscripts, and speaking engagements.


Box 59
Folder 1 Consulting Film- Correspondence, 1991 - 1992
Folder 2 Consulting Film- Chronology of Pearl Harbor Attack, 1991
Folder 3 Consulting Film- Interviews - Japan, 1991
Folder 4 Consulting Film- Interviews - United States, 1991
Folder 5 Consulting Film- List of Potential Interviewees, 1991
Folder 6 Consulting Film- List of World War II Participants, undated
Folder 7 Consulting Film- Miscellaneous, 1991
Folder 8-11 Consulting Film- Scripts and Revisions, 1990 - 1991
Folder 12-13 Consulting-Arizona Memorial Orientation - Scripts and Related, 1990 - 1992
Folder 14 Consulting-"Winning the Peace" Film Proposals, 1993
Folder 15-16 Consulting- Tora, Tora, Tora: The Real Story of Pearl Harbor, 1999 - 2000
Folder 17 Consulting- Pearl Harbor, 2001
Folder 18 Consulting-"D-Day Invasion" - Interviews with European Participants, 1993 - 1994
Folder 19-20 Consulting- Manuscript Contributions- East Inc, 1986 - 1987
Folder 21 Consulting- Manuscript Contributions- Encyclopedia Articles, 1991 - 1996
Folder 22 Consulting- Manuscript Contributions- Miscellaneous, 1981 - 2005
Folder 23 Consulting- Manuscript Contributions- Schuler Manuscript, 1990s
Folder 24 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- Correspondence, 1981 - 2003

Box 60
Folder 1-2 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- Speech Notes and Outlines, undated
Folder 3 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- December 7, 1941- A Retrospective, 1991
Folder 4 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- "Fight for New Guinea," 1992
Folder 5 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- "World War II: A Time Remembered - The War Fronts-The Home Fronts," 1993
Folder 6 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- "End of WWII, The Dropping of the Atomic Bomb: A 50 Year Perspective," 1995
Folder 7 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- Japanese Commanders, 2002
Folder 8-9 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- "The Bridge on the River Kwai- Death Railway,", 2003
Folder 10-11 Consulting- Speaking Engagements- "The Bridge on the River Kwai- Death Railway,", 2004
Folder 12 Correspondence- Goldstein and Prange, 1957 - 1980
Folder 13 Correspondence- Holiday Greetings and Cards, 1974 - 1997
Folder 14 Correspondence- Job Search, 1981 - 1985
Folder 15 Correspondence- Miscellaneous, 1976 - 1997
Folder 16 Correspondence- Post-Graduate Education and Early Teaching Positions, 1963 - 1974
Folder 17 Education- Papers written by Goldstein, 1960s - 1972
Folder 18-19 Education- Thesis, Masters - "Adolf Hitler, Administrator of a Society", 1963
Folder 20 Education- University of Maryland Miscellaneous, 1950 - 1998
Folder 21 Military Service with the U.S. Strike Command, 1962 - 1964
Folder 22 Manuscripts- "Doolittle Raid", 2002
Folder 23 Manuscripts- "Chinese National Interests and Military Capabilities: U.S./ China Relations in Northern Asia", 1979
Folder 24-25 Manuscripts- "US Policy Concerning Renewal of Base Agreement with Philippines", 1988 - 1989
Folder 26 Miscellaneous, undated
Folder 27 Rembski, Stanislav, 1994 - 1995
Folder 28 Resumes, 1970s - 2001
Folder 29 Travel, 1979 - 1997

Series XII. Course Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

This series dates from 1964 to 2004 and documents Goldstein’s academic career from military institutions through his tenured position at the University of Pittsburgh. The majority of the files relates to his later positions and emphasizes his international relations and history courses. The materials included are further described in subseries content notes, 1. Military Institutions and 2. University of Pittsburgh.

Subseries 1. Military Academies

Scope and Content Notes:

The subseries examines Goldstein’s academic career at the United States Air Force Academy (USAFA) and subsequent institutions before obtaining a position at the University of Pittsburgh. He lectured on the United States, Western, and military history, and to a lesser extent international affairs and American minorities. The files are arranged alphabetically by course topic and then by record type. While the series includes a substantial collection of handwritten lecture outlines, the bulk of the series is reference materials. The reference materials generally include faculty manuals, readings, and supplementary texts that are arranged by course topic.


Box 61
Folder 1 Administrative, 1965 - 1974
Folder 2-3 Bibliographies and Syllabi, 1964 - 1974
Folder 4 Course Offerings, 1965, 1973
Folder 5 Evaluations by Students, 1969 - 1970
Folder 6-7 Examinations, 1965 - 1971
Folder 8 Extracurricular Activities, 1966 - 1970
Folder 9 Introductory Course Materials, 1969 - 1974
Folder 10 Lecture Outlines- American Minorities, c. 1970
Folder 11 Lecture Outlines- International Relations, c. 1970
Folder 12 Lecture Outlines- Military History, c. 1970
Folder 13 Lecture Outlines- Russian History, c. 1970
Folder 14-18 Lecture Outlines- U.S. History, 1970 - 1971
Folder 19-21 Lecture Outlines- Western History, c. 1970
Folder 22 Lecture Outlines- World History/ Miscellaneous, c. 1970

Section: Reference Materials


Box 62
Folder 1-7 American Minorities, 1964 - 1973
Folder 8 Bases of Power and Conflict Series, 1971
Folder 9 China Background and Communism, 1966 - 1970
Folder 10-13 Command and Management Readings, 1972 - 1975
Folder 14 Communication and Speaking, 1963 - 1968
Folder 15 Diplomatic History, 1962 - 1963
Folder 16 Far Eastern History, c. 1970
Folder 17 How to in the Military, 1966 - 1972
Folder 18 Military Environment, 1972

Box 63
Folder 1-3 Military History, 1965 - 1971
Folder 4 Miscellaneous, c. 1967
Folder 5-8 Modern Warfare, 1967, 1972
Folder 9 National Security, 1964
Folder 10 Russian / Soviet History, 1970 - 1972
Folder 11 Soviet Arms Control, 1970
Folder 12 U.N.. Peace Keeping Forces, 1965
Folder 13 - 16 USAF Doctrine, 1955 - 1971
Folder 17-18 US History, 1965 - 1967
Folder 19-21 Western History, 1967 - 1969
Folder 22 World History, 1961, 1968

Subseries 2. University of Pittsburgh

Scope and Content Notes:

The subseries details Goldstein’s academic career at the University of Pittsburgh (Pitt), from his initial position with the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corp (AFROTC) through his professorships with the Graduate School of Public and International Affairs (GSPIA) and the Honors College. More information can be obtained in the following subsections: Administrative Files and Course Materials

Section: Administrative

Scope and Content Notes:

The subsection is comprised of records amassed by Goldstein while fulfilling departmental duties and serving the community. His professional advancement can be traced through the GSPIA memoranda, Pitt correspondence, and recommendations files. The GSPIA curriculum files provide an inclusive view of strategic plans and classes proposals for the department. The speaking engagement file highlights Goldstein’s contributions to the public, specifically his presentations to community organizations. Researchers interested in a characteristic sample of Goldstein’s course materials should review the Chancellor’s Distinguished Teaching Award Dossier files.


Box 64
Folder 1 Book Proposals, c. 1980 - 1990
Folder 2-6 Chancellor's Distinguished Teaching Award- Dossier, 1994
Folder 7 Chancellor's Distinguished Teaching Award- Miscellaneous, 1986 - 2002
Folder 8 Correspondence- General, 1975 - 2002
Folder 9-10 Correspondence- Speaking Engagements, 1975 - 2002
Folder 11 Deposition for McKinney vs. University of Pittsburgh, 1998
Folder 12 Ephemera, 1977 - 2005
Folder 13 Exercises Presidential Management Internship, 1978 - 2001
Folder 14-15 GSPIA Budget and Curriculum, 1968 - 2000
Folder 16-17 GSPIA Memoranda, 1977 - 2002
Folder 18 GSPIA Strategic Plan, 1997 - 1999
Folder 19 International Relations Committee Historical Series Project, 1978 - 1987
Folder 20 Letters of Recommendation and Thanks, 1975 - 2000
Folder 21 Study of International Affairs Programs, 1987

Section: Course Materials

Scope and Content Notes:

This subsection is arranged alphabetically by course topic. The Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corp (AFROTC) courses address the requirements of the academic program. The History courses examine U.S. diplomatic history. The International Affairs courses explore the basic concepts of international affairs and application of international economic and social policies. The International Security courses cover the basic concepts, vocabulary, and analytical methods of international security studies. The Model Organization of American States (MOAS) courses prepare students for a mock session of the OAS General Assembly. The Policy Analysis courses analyze the formulation, implementation, and evaluation of public policies. The Ridgway Center files describe the activities of The Center for Arms Control and International Security Studies, which was rededicated in 1988 as The Matthew B. Ridgway Center for International Security Studies. U.S. Military Action courses examine the history and impact of wars waged by the United States from the American Revolution to Desert Storm. Each course topic combines materials from related courses, and consists of syllabi, bibliographies, examinations, quizzes, lecture outline, assignments, exercises, reference materials, and student evaluations.


Box 65
Folder 1 Air Force ROTC- Administrative, 1974 - 1977
Folder 2 Air Force ROTC- Course Materials and Ephemera, 1976 - 1977
Folder 3 Air Force ROTC- Lessons, 1971 - 1973
Folder 4-10 Air Force ROTC- Reference Materials, 1970 - 1977
Folder 11 History- Course Materials, 1988 - 2001
Folder 12 History- Course Packets, 1991
Folder 13 - 15 History- Evaluations by Students, 1991 - 2004
Folder 16 History- Lecture Notes, undated
Folder 17 History- Reference Materials, undated
Folder 18-19 International Affairs- Course Materials, 1988 - 2001
Folder 20-21 International Affairs- Course Packets, 1991
Folder 22 International Affairs- Evaluations by Students, 1994 - 2002
Folder 23-24 International Affairs- Reference Materials, 1998

Box 66
Folder 1-3 International Security- Course Materials, 1974 - 2001
Folder 4 International Security- Course Proposal, 1979
Folder 5-8 International Security- Evaluations by Students, 1994 - 2002
Folder 9-17 International Security- Reference Materials, 1972 - 1999

Box 67
Folder 1-2 Model Organization of American States- Antigua and Barbuda, 1995 - 1996
Folder 3-4 Model Organization of American States- Bolivia, 1996 - 1997
Folder 5-7 Model Organization of American States- Honduras, 1997 - 1998
Folder 8-12 Model Organization of American States- Canada, 1998 - 2001
Folder 13 Model Organization of American States- Mexico, 2001 - 2002
Folder 14-15 Policy- Course Materials, 1971 - 1997
Folder 16 Policy- Course Packets, undated

Box 68
Folder 1-2 Policy- Evaluations by Students, 1981 - 1997
Folder 3 Policy- Exercises, 1976 - 2002
Folder 4-5 Ridgway Center- 40th Anniversary of Korean War, 1988 - 1990
Folder 6 Ridgway Center- 50th Anniversary of Korean War, 2000
Folder 7 Ridgway Center- Administrative Documents, 1975 - 2002
Folder 8 Ridgway Center- Ephemera, 1988 - 2002
Folder 9 Ridgway Center- Other Lectures, 1988 - 1990
Folder 10-11 Ridgway Center- Papers on Pacific Security, 1986 - 1993
Folder 12 Ridgway Center- Programs and Publications, 1975 - 1999
Folder 13 Semester at Sea- Activities, 1993
Folder 14 Semester at Sea- Administrative Files, 1993
Folder 15 - 18 Semester at Sea- Course Materials, 1993

Box 69
Folder 1 Semester at Sea- Lecture Notes 1993
Folder 2 Semester at Sea- Newsletters 1993
Folder 3 Semester at Sea- Text and Reader 1992
Folder 4 United States Military Action- Course Materials, 1976 - 2001
Folder 5 United States Military Action- Course Packets, 1992
Folder 6-8 United States Military Action- Evaluations by Students, 1996 - 2004
Folder 9 Reference Materials- Civil War undated
Folder 10 Reference Materials- Grenada 1984
Folder 11 Reference Materials- Miscellaneous undated
Folder 12 Reference Materials- Modern Warfare 1956 - 2002
Folder 13 Reference Materials- New American Way of War 1979

Series XIII. Photographs

Scope and Content Notes:

This series contains images removed from the first twelve series for preservation purposes. Most of the files relate to World War II and consist of original photographs, reprints, negatives, illustrations, and photocopied images. The items are further described in the following subseries: Non World War II and World War II.

Subseries 1. Non World War II

Scope and Content Notes:

With the exception of the personal photographs, the images in this subseries are directly tied to the research and publication of books by Gordon Prange and Donald Goldstein. The arrangement in this subseries reflects the overall collection arrangement, which is alphabetically by research topic. Under each topic, the photographs are separated into published and unpublished images. The published images are arranged exactly as they appear in the book and are followed by the unpublished images. Generally speaking, the unpublished images were considered for publication, but ultimately rejected. One especially enlightening collection of photographs is the scrapbook created by Lieutenant General Chung Il Kwon, ROK Army, which provides a soldier's perspective of the Korean War.

Section: Earhart


Box Photo 1
Folder 1 Published Images, c. 1920 - 1937
1. Route of Amelia Earhart's last flight, May 21 to July 1937; map.
  • Page number: Inside front cover
  • Photo number: 1
2. No caption
  • Page number: Inside front cover
  • Photo number: 2
3. Sear area of Itasca, July 2 through July 16, 1937; map.
  • Page number: Inside front cover
  • Photo number: 3
4. A young Amelia with her mother, Amy, during the 1920s - before her days as an aviatrix.
  • Page number: P1
  • Photo number: 4
5. Amelia in her flight suit before the famous 1929 Friendship flight, when she became the first woman to fly across the Atlantic.
  • Page number: P2
  • Photo number: 5
6. The Friendship arrives in Southampton, England, after landing at Burry Port, Wales, following the flight from Newfoundland.

The plane was a Fokker F-7 originally flown by the explorer Richard E. Byrd.

  • Page number: P2
  • Photo number: 6
7. Amelia and Captain A. H. White after a June 1928 flight from Croydon to Northolt, England.
  • Page number: P3
  • Photo number: 7
8. Amelia with Orville Wright (left of plaque) and Senator Bingham (right) at the Wright Memorial in Kitty Hawk, North Carolina, in December 1928.
  • Page number: P3
  • Photo number: 8
9. With Bill Stultz, who piloted the Friendship across the Atlantic, in June 1928.

Stultz would die a year later in a crash at Roosevelt Field, New York.

  • Page number: P4
  • Photo number: 9
10. At home with her husband George Putnam, Amelia's promoter and a well-known publisher.
  • Page number: P4
  • Photo number: 10
11. Amelia with famous aviatrix Ruth Nichols.
  • Page number: P5
  • Photo number: 11
12. With polar flier Bernt Balchen in front of their plane in Teterboro, New Jersey.

Balchen outfitted Amelia's Lockheed Vega for her solo crossing of the Atlantic.

  • Page number: P5
  • Photo number: 12
13. Arriving at Culmore Field in Northern Ireland after her transatlantic solo flight in May 1932.

Amelia had proved her skills as a pilot and gained even more fame.

  • Page number: P6
  • Photo number: 13
14. Leaving Buckingham Palace after a visit with the Prince of Wales.
  • Page number: P6
  • Photo number: 14
15. Greeted by Andrew Mellon, the American ambassador to Great Britain, upon her arrival in London on May 22.
  • Page number: P7
  • Photo number: 15
16. A triumphant Amelia waves to the New York crowd during a parade celebrating her transatlantic flight.
  • Page number: P7
  • Photo number: 16
17. Amelia and her husband in flight suits, January 1935.
  • Page number: P8
  • Photo number: 17
18. With famous aviator Wiley Post in Cleveland, March 1935.

Post and Will Rogers died in a crash in Alaska during an attempt to fly around the Arctic Circle.

  • Page number: P9
  • Photo number: 18
19. Emerging from her plane on arrival in Oakland after her January 1935 flight from Honolulu.

Amelia was the first person ever to make this solo trip.

  • Page number: P9
  • Photo number: 19
20. Reporters interview Amelia with her husband at her side in front of an enthusiastic crowd at Newark Airport.
  • Page number: P10
  • Photo number: 20
21. Greeted by a Mexican official at Newark Airport after her successful flight from Mexico City in May 1935.
  • Page number: P10
  • Photo number: 21
22. Standing beside her Vega at March Field, California, 1936.

This plane was replaced by the "Flying Laboratory," the Lockheed Electra 10E, later in the year.

  • Page number: P11
  • Photo number: 22
23. With Edward C. Elliot, the president of Purdue University, holding a model of her "Flying Laboratory," then under construction.
  • Page number: P12
  • Photo number: 23
24. Watching mechanics repair her Electra in Burbank, California, after her 1937 crash in Honolulu.
  • Page number: P12
  • Photo number: 24
25. Amelia and her husband study the route she plans to take on her around-the-world flight in 1937.
  • Page number: P13
  • Photo number: 25
26. Preparing two distress signals before her attempt to fly around the world.
  • Page number: P13
  • Photo number: 26
27. Amelia prior to her final flight.

From left are: George Putnam, Amelia, Harry Manning, and Bo McKneely, a mechanic at Union Air Terminal in Los Angeles. Manning, originally scheduled to be Amelia's navigator, had to return to his ship after the trip was delayed.

  • Page number: P13
  • Photo number: 27
28. Amelia and navigator Fred Noonan in San Juan, Puerto Rico, where they finished a leg of their flight.
  • Page number: P14
  • Photo number: 28
29. The pilot with her navigator and Vicomte Jacques de Sibour, who had helped to arrange the flight, in Karachi.
  • Page number: P14
  • Photo number: 29
30. Amelia, a well-rounded person, enjoyed tending the garden at her Rye, New York, home.
  • Page number: P15
  • Photo number: 30
31. Amelia in the place she loved best, the cockpit of her plane.
  • Page number: P15
  • Photo number: 31
32. no caption
  • Page number: P16
  • Photo number: 32
Folder 2-3 Extras, c. 1928 - 1937

Section: International Relations

Folder 4-6 Dictionary of Twentieth Century World Politics- Published Images, 1890 - 1990
Folder 7-11 Dictionary of Twentieth Century World Politics- Extras, 1917 - 1990
Folder 12-13 HarperCollins Dictionary- Published Images, 1754 - 1992
Folder 14-15 HarperCollins Dictionary- Extras, c. 1870 - 1995

Section: Korean War

Folder 16-19 Published Images, 1939 - 1950
1. Cpl. George D. Smedley of Mount Vernon, Indiana, and Sgt. Thomas P. Montana of Yuma, Arizona, 1st Cavalry Division keep watch along the 38th Parallel. RG6S-KWP.36 (SC 350615); See photo 6-1.
  • Page number: Front Cover
  • Photo number: 1
2. Fifty-caliber ammunition being loaded into an F-51 Mustang at an airfield in South Korea. RG6S-KWP.1352; See photo 3-15.
  • Page number: Title Page
  • Photo number: 2
3. "Land of Morning Calm"
  • Page number: 1
  • Photo number: 1-1
4. American soldiers removing boulders to permit motorized vehicles to ford a stream. RG6S-KWP.2193 (SC 344021)
  • Page number: 1
  • Photo number: 1-2
5. Men of the 9th Infantry Regiment advancing up Hill 201. RG6S-KWP.2205 (SC 348664) OR RG6S-KWP.72 (SC 348664)
  • Page number: 1
  • Photo number: 1-3
6. Soldiers navigating rough terrain.
  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-4
7. The rugged terrain of Korea.
  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-5
8. The unforgiving Korean winter.
  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-6
9. The battleship USS Wisconsin patrolling Korean waters.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-7
10. Buddhist shrine.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-8
11. Father Charles Meeus saying Mass for Korean children.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-9
12. Paddy field in built-up area.
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-10
13. Farmer and his primitive ox-drawn cart.

The banner in the background is in Japanese, which illustrates the remaining Japanese influence in Korea.

  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-11
14. Farmer on unpaved thoroughfare.
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-12
15. Typical Korean home.
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-13
16. Historic pagoda.
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-14
17. South gate of Seoul.
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-15
18. Statue of Adm. Yi Sun-sin, Korean naval hero.
  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 1-16
19. Shinto shrine where students studied.
  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 1-17
20. Two outlets of underground petroleum tanks built by the Japanese to refuel their battleships during World War II. RG6S-KWP.632 (SC 309926)
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-18
21. Franklin D. Roosevelt of the United States, Ismet Inonu of Turkey, and Winston Churchill of Great Britain, at the 1943 Cairo conference. 49-13193
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-19
22. Gen. Douglas MacArthur with his trademark, a corncob pipe.
  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-20
23. Meeting in Seoul between U.S. and USSR commissions in March 1946

(Seated, left to right, Lt. Gen. John R. Hodge, Col. General D. F. Stikoff, and Maj. Gen. N. G. Lebedoff). 52-10148

  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-21
24. The Military Armistice Commission in 1947.

Maj. Gen. Hobart Hewitt, commission chief of staff, is in the front row, center. RG6S-KWP.1404 (No SC #)

  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-22
25. Syngman Rhee reviews the troops. (before their departure)
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-23
26. Seoul, Korea, 1950. RG6S-KWP.996 (No SC #)
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-24
27. Kim II Sung, communist leader of North Korea. 54-5249
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-25
28. Joseph Stalin, shown here on Moscow reviewing stand with Marshal Kliment Voroshilov, was instrumental in Kim Il Sung's becoming North Korean president. 51-14559
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-26
29. American personnel happily departing Korea in June 1949.

Little did they know that U.S. troops would soon return.

  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-27
30. John J. Muccio, U.S. ambassador to Korea. (right) RG6S-KWP.1362? RG6S-KWP.1653? (SC 343026)
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 2-1
31. Kim Il Sung. 62-5170
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 2-2
32. Syngman Rhee. RG6S-KWP.1362? RG6S-KWP.1653? (SC 343026)
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 2-3
33. Gen. Douglas Mac Arthur, Supreme Commander Allied Powers (left), salutes as he leaves his headquarters in Tokyo.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 2-4
34. The roof of the Dai Ichi Building in Tokyo, MacArthur's headquarter. Note the U.S., UN, and Japanese flags flying side by side.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 2-5
35. Lt. Gen. Walton H. Walker Commander, U.S. Eight Army. RG6S-KWP.1364 (SC 343339)
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 2-6
36. Lt. Gen. George E. Stratemeyer, Commander, Far East Air Force. 50-10610
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-7
37. Maj. Gen. Earle E. Partridge, Commander, Fifth Air Force. (right)
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-8
38. F-51 Mustang, said to be the best prop fighter ever built. RG6S-KWP.1329 (A.C. 77562)
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-9
39. F-80 Shooting Star, America's first jet fighter. RG6S-KWP.1096 (SC 386353)
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-10
40. B-29 Superfortress preparing to take off. RG6S-KWP.1279 (A.C. 39387)
  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 2-11
41. Adm. Arthur W. Radford, Commander, U.S. Naval Forces Far East.
  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 2-12
42. Vice Adm. C. Turner Joy, Commander, Far East Naval Forces. RG6S-KWP.879 (SC 372267)
  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 2-13
43. Vice Adm. Arthur D. Struble Commander, Seventh Fleet.
  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 2-14
44. Left to right, Soviet Premier Joseph Stalin, President Harry S. Truman, and Prime Minister Winston Churchill at Potsdam, 1945. 50.13534
  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 2-15
45. George C. Marshall, U.S. Secretary of State.
  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 2-16
46. Gen. Dwight D. Eisenhower (sitting, center), meeting with NATO Standing Group Officers. 51-16573
  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 2-17
47. Dean Acheson, Marshall's replacement, in January 1949. 51-54
  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 2-18
48. Soviet-built T-34 tank – dominant weapon of the war's early days. RG6S-KWP.1494 (No SC #)
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-19
49. ROK soldiers engaged in mortar training.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-20
50. ROK marines in training. – J34. Korean Navy in training.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-21
51. ROK sailors performing calisthenics. - J35. Korean Navy in training
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 2-22
52. ROK sailors rowing during basic training. - J36. Korean Navy in training
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 2-23
53. Chairman Mao Tse-tung of the People's Republic of China. 54-4003
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-24
54. Syngman Rhee (left), controversial president of South Korea, talking with U.S. Vice President Alben W. Barkley.
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-25
55. Seoul, looking east from the Banta Hotel. (October 1950) RG6S-KWP.1565 (SC 349849)
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 3-1
56. Korean citizens crowd the entrances of City Hall as they await war news. RG6S-KWP.2088 (SC 343408)
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 3-2
57. Refugees panicking as hostilities unfold.
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 3-3
58. President Harry S. Truman 111-SC-213949
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 3-4
59. Jacob Malik, Soviet representative to the UN Security Council. (left) 51-1746
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 3-5
60. Devastated South Korean town. RG6S-KWP.606 (SC 344044)
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 3-6
61. South Korean soldiers retreating from Seoul.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 3-7
62. Americans (probably members of the Korean Military Advisory Group) evacuating Seoul. RG6S-KWP.1018 (SC 342706)
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 3-8
63. U.S. Army captain speaking to three nuns at a railway station somewhere in Korea during the early days of the communist invasion. RG6S-KWP.2102 (SC 344901)
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 3-9
64. U.S. Navy F-9 Panthers prepare to take off from a carrier. This was the first time in naval history that jet aircraft were used in combat.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 3-10
65. U.S. Navy Panthers flying a sortie.
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 3-11
66. USS Badoeng Strait nearing Japan with F-4U Corsairs on board. RG6S-KWP.1838 (U.S. Navy Photo)
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 3-12
67. F-4U Corsair armed with 8 rockets and a 500-pound bomb takes off from the USS Sicily. (U.S. Navy Photo)
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 3-13
68. Sgt. Dewy Lukefahr of Perryville, Missouri, anchors a 500-pound bomb to the wing of a plane. RG6S-KWP.1351 (SC 343336)
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 3-14
69. Fifty-caliber ammunition being loaded into an F-51 Mustang at an airfield in South Korea. RG6S-KWP.1352
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 3-15
70. Airman loading rockets onto an F-51 Mustang. (Note the name painted on the fuselage of the aircraft.) – USAF joins the war in Asia.
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 3-16
71. Airman working on the Rolls-Royce engine of an F-51 Mustang. – USAF joins the war in Asia. RG6S-KWP.1352 (SC 343337)
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 3-17
72. Locomotive knocked out by U.S. Air Force planes lies on its side near the Han River in Korea.
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 3-18
73. An enemy tank destroyed by an F-80 with two five-inch rockets.
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 3-19
74. Two probable direct hits on railroad bridges over the Kum River, 10 miles north of Taejon. ARC identifier – 542200 (NWDNS-342-AF-77478AC)
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 3-20
75. Maj. Gen. Edward M. Almond, Chief of Staff, General Headquarters, Far East command (right) and Maj. Gen. E. K. Wright, Mac Arthur's Operations Officer, observe an artillery barrage on the Korean capital of Seoul. RG6S-KWP.1363 (SC 343028)
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 3-21
76. Gen. Douglas MacArthur (at right) greets Lt. Gen. Walton H. Walker. (U.S. Army Photo)
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 3-22
77. MacArthur (center) with his chief of staff General Almond (right), and Ambassador of John J. Muccio. (U.S. Army Photo)
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 3-23
78. MacArthur at Yongdung-po, June 29, 1950.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 3-24
79. UN weapons arrive at Pusan. – J11. Pusan U.S. weapons arrive at Pusan.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 3-25
80. UN weapons arrive at Pusan.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 3-26
81. Maj. Gen. William F. Dean, commander, 24th Infantry division.
  • Page number: 30
  • Photo number: 3-27
82. Brig Gen. John Church, commander of an advance unit (shown here after promotion to general). (on right)
  • Page number: 30
  • Photo number: 3-28
83. A C-54 Skymaster in Korea. RG6S-KWP.2186 (SC 343056)
  • Page number: 30
  • Photo number: 3-29
84. Townspeople welcoming UN troops at Kumchon, June 30, 1950. – J15. 06-30-50
  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 3-30
85. Banner welcoming U.S. Army to Kumchon. – J14. 06-30-50
  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 3-31
86. Refugees fleeing south as the task force prepares to move north toward the front. RG6S-KWP.XX (SC 345358)
  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 3-32
87. A highly feared T-34 tank with its 85-mm main gun.
  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 3-33
88. 105-mm howitzer in operation. RG6S-KWP.1143 (SC 347079)
  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 3-34
89. Task Force Smith veterans being honored by President Truman at the White House on June 1952.

Brad Smith is at far right; Secretary of the Army Frank Pace is the civilian behind Truman. RG6S-KWP.1496 (SC 346523)

  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 3-35
90. In a ten-hour engagement, 400 Chinese were killed. (MISSING)
  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 3-36
91. Damage done to a North Korean oil refinery in Wonsan by planes of the Seventh Fleet.

Smoke could be seen 60 miles at sea.

  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-37
92. Wreckage of a rail center at Kusong in North Korea. RG6S-KWP.851 (SC 351237)
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-38
93. Carrier planes blast North Korean bridges at Pyongyang, July 3-4, 1950. RG6S-KWP.2162 (SC 343071)
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-39
94. Eight-inch turret battery of the USS Toledo blasts a military target in Korea. RG6S-KWP.1444 (SC 346622)
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-40
95. U.S. Navy planes left factories, 5 miles north of Kwanju, engulfed in flames. RG6S-KWP.854 (SC 344573) or RG6S-KWP.855 (SC 344574)
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-41
96. U.S. Navy planes left factories, 5 miles north of Kwanju, engulfed in flames. RG6S-KWP.854 (SC 344573) or RG6S-KWP.855 (SC 344574)
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-42
97. Lt. Gen. Walton H. Walker (left) congratulates Maj. Dean Hess, commander of the Bout-One project, a composite unit pf American and South Korean pilots flying F-51s in the early days of the war. RG6S-KWP.1366 (SC 343341)
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-43
98. Troops of the 13th Signal Company, 1st Cavalry Division, await letters from home. RG6S-KWP.52 (SC 344600)
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-44
99. 24th Infantry Regiment of the 25th Infantry Division prepares to move out. RG6S-KWP.2218-?-2216 (SC 343968)
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-45
100. Members of the 25th Infantry Division at Pusan are bound for battle. RG6S-KWP.XX (SC 343452)
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-46
101. Eighth Army Commander Walton H. Walker (left) and 24th Division Commander William F. Dean examining a map of the front lines. RG6S-KWP.323 (SC 343256)
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-47
102. Soviet-made tanks knocked out at Taejon.
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-48
103. Soviet-built T-34 Tank destroyed at Taejon with an inscription crediting Maj. Gen. William F. Dean. RG6S-KWP.1104 (No SC #)
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 3-49
104. Three students receive instructions from an officer on the 3.5-inch bazooka. RG6S-KWP.264
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 3-50
105. South Korean soldier aids a wounded buddy before he is evacuated. RG6S-KWP.1676 (SC 343168)
  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 3-51
106. South Korean soldiers in a Korean hospital at Miryang.

When U.S. soldiers discovered that the South Koreans did not have cigarettes or candy, they provided these amenities to their wounded comrades from their own supplies. RG6S-KWP.1681 (SC 347162)

  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 3-52
107. Aerial view of the city of Masan. RG6S-KWP.2175 (SC 348355)
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 3-53
108. General Walker (second from right) discussing future operations with key officers. RG6S-KWP.1365 (SC 343340)
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 3-54
109. A Marine patrol moves along the Naktong River. RG6S-KWP.888 (USMA A-1400)
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-1
110. Marguerite Higgins, combat correspondent for the New York Herald-Tribune. RG6S-KWP.1552 (SC 346592)
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-2
111. Combat reporter Hal Boyle of the Associated Press (center) interviews officers of the 2d Infantry Division. RG6S-KWP.67 (SC 366292)
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-3
112. Cpl. John Romanowski of Chicago was a typical army cameraman covering the war in Korea. RG6S-KWP.587 (SC 342938)
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-4
113. Marines waiting to embark in San Diego. (Marine Corps Photo)
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-5
114. Supplies for the Marines – hundreds of tons of equipment ready for loading on board a cargo ship. (Marine Corps Photo)
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-6
115. Marines march into a railway station at Pusan after disembarking from transports. RG6S-KWP.1714 (USMC A-1188)
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-7
116. Col. Godwin Ordway (left) and Maj. Elmer G. Owens explain the local situation to Maj. Gen. William B. Kean (center), commanding general of the 25th Infantry Division. RG6S-KWP.379 (SC 345460)
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-8
117. Men of the 5th RCT hunt for snipers in a burned-out village. RG6S-KWP.525 (SC 347586)
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-9
118. Medics carry wounded soldiers of the 5th RCT in the Masan area. RG6S-KWP.519 (SC 347672)
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-10
119. North Koreans lie dead beside a house. They were killed in an attempt to retreat near Taegu. RG6S-KWP.1763 (SC 349156)
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-11
120. A bullet-pierced helmet and a dead soldier on the way to Masan. RG6S-KWP.1762 (SC 347826)
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-12
121. A grief-stricken American infantryman, whose buddy has been killed in action near Haktong-Ni is comforted by another soldier.

In the background, a corporal fills out casualty tags. RG6S-KWP.2038 (SC 347803)

  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-13
122. A wounded man of the 7th Marines is taken to the rear. (Marine Corps Photo)
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-14
123. Graveyard of enemy tanks; three T-33s destroyed on Hill 125.

In the foreground are the bodies of three Marines.

  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-15
124. After their first big battle, weary Marines rest. RG6S-KWP.867 (USMC A-1431)
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-16
125. Marines take cover from mortar fire. RG6S-KWP.1228 (No SC #)
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-17
126. A USMC pilot warms up a helicopter in preparation for evacuating the wounded. RG6S-KWP.1729 (SC 345800)
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-18
127. Lt. Gen. Earle E. Partridge (center), Commander, Far East Air Forces, talks with USAF Chief of Staff Hoyt Vandenberg (left) and other officers. RG6S-KWP.1361 (SC 343338)
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-19
128. Unusual photo of an F-51 Mustang releasing two napalm bombs.

A sister plane at the far left will assist. ARC identifier - 542243 (NWDNS-342-AF-81584AC)

  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-20
129. A Mustang taxis through a miniature lake formed by torrential Korean rains. ARC identifier 542236 (NWDNS-342-AF-80905AC)
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-21
130. Planes of Task Force 77 – bomb-laden Corsairs ready for deck launch – await the signal to taxi into position. RG6S-KWP.1831 (USN 710009)
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-22
131. F-4U Corsair, with an extra gas tank, in flight. RG6S-KWP.1829 (USN 409234)
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-23
132. B-26 light bombers release 500-pound bombs in a strike over North Korea. ARC identifier – 542237 (NWDNS-342-AF-80936AC)
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-24
133. The navigator and the pilot of a 5th Air Force B-26 are ready for a night intruder mission over enemy territory.

An aerial gunner rounds out the crew. ARC identifier – 542228 (NWDNS-342-AF-80250AC)

  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-25
134. Bombardiers in B-26s use the "Y" in the track as aiming point with uncanny accuracy. RG6S-KWP.1160 (A.C. 79649)
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-26
135. B-29s dropping bombs on targets in the north inflicted heavy damage on cities and industries. (NWDNS-342-AF-77472AC)
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-27
136. B-29s strike a North Korean bridge with deadly accuracy from 10,000 feet. RG6S-KWP.2155 (A-77486)
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-28
137. B-29s striking railroad brides. (NWDNS-342-AF-77554AC)
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-29
138. An M-24 tank did not quite make it through this narrow pass on a road north of Sungan-ni.

Note the dead crewman hanging from the tank hatch. RG6S-KWP.273

  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-30
139. M-26 Pershing tanks are test fired at Taegu. RG6S-KWP.1922 (SC 343812)
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-31
140. Advancing ROK infantrymen scout a road accompanied by American M-4 tanks. RG6S-KWP.1926 (SC 346244)
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-32
141. Marines of a Pershing tank crew eat chow somewhere in Korea. RG6S-KWP.1928 (SC 346662)
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-33
142. Tanks of the 6th Tank Battalion, 24th Infantry Division, lay down support fore for men of the 19th Infantry Regiment. RG6S-KWP.687 (SC 357648)
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-34
143. Wounded American soldiers receiving treatment. RG6S-KWP.1808 (SC 344399)
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-35
144. Soldiers receiving blood plasma while being loaded on an L-5 light airplane. RG6S-KWP.1794 (SC 347155)
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 4-36
145. A man replaces headboards with crosses on graves of the 1st Cavalry Division near Taegu. RG6S-KWP.12 (SC 356632)
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 4-37
146. Funeral services for Howell G. Thomas, the District of Columbia's first Korean War casualty to be interred at Arlington National Cemetery. RG6S-KWP.1292 (SC 342805)
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 4-38
147. Maj. Gen. Hobart R. Gay, Commander, 1st Cavalry Division (left), and Lt. Col. William Harris, 77th Field Artillery, observe the effectiveness of fire. RG6S-KWP.41 (SC 348350)
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 4-39
148. British sergeant oversees the disembarking of his men from the H.M.S. Ceylon at Pusan. RG6S-KWP.1617 (SC 347150)
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 4-40
149. Motor platoon, 1st Battalion, Argyll and Sutherland Highlanders, prepares to move to the front at the Naktong River west of Taegu. RG6S-KWP.1624 (SC 348928)
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 4-41
150. Artillery shells burst on Hill 303, north of Waegwan. RG6S-KWP.1145 (SC 346245)
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 4-42
151. 2d Lt. Cecil Newman, murdered on Hill 303 by North Korean troops, along with 302 other American prisoners.
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 4-43
152. South Korean soldier operating a flamethrower.
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 4-44
153. A sniper's view of the wreckage at Pohang. RG6S-KWP.930 (USN 710033)
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 4-45
154. Ruins of Pohangdong. Note that the center of the city is completely burned out. RG6S-KWP.939 (SC 346706)
  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 4-46
155. Port facilities stockpiled with military supplies along the docks in Pusan. RG6S-KWP.2053 (SC 345430)
  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 4-47
156. An American soldier supervises the storing of cartons of C rations in Pusan. RG6S-KWP.2056 (SC 347879)
  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 4-48
157. Coauthor Harry Maihafer, then executive officer of I Company 21st Infantry Regiment, with one of his unit's KATUSA soldiers.
  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 4-49
158. Pvt. Yun Chun, age fifteen, A KATUSA assigned to the 19th Infantry Regiment, 24th Division.

According to his American officers, he was one of the best. He allegedly held a hill overnight with his M-1 rifle. RG6S-KWP.338 (SC 349319)

  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 4-50
159. Cpl. Richard Tablante of San Francisco, and Cpl. Erland D. Oregne of Soldier's Grove, Wisconsin, members of Company C, 1st Battalion, 9th Regiment, 2d Infantry Division, lead five ROK soldiers on a patrol near Tohosan. RG6S-KWP.69 (SC 347619)
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 4-51
160. South Korean civilians help to carry captured weapons.
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 4-52
161. South Korean workmen carry rocks for the foundation of an earth bridge for the 1st Cavalry Division. RG6S-KWP.49 (SC 346925)
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 4-53
162. South Koreans, who are too old to fight, help to build an airstrip. RG6S-KWP.1655 (SC 345548)
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 4-54
163. "Little Joe," a South Korean orphan adopted by a medical company of the 25th Infantry Division proudly displays a North Korean weapon to Sgt. Clarence Hallis of Akron, Ohio. RG6S-KWP.397 (SC 347920)
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 4-55
164. ROK Noncommissioned Officer's School.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 4-56
165. ROK troops attend a class on mortar tactics at a training center in Korea. RG6S-KWP.1684 (SC 348406)
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 4-57
166. Marines bring in prisoners.

ARC identifier - 532405 NWDNS-127-N-A3242 - North Korean prisoners, taken by the Marines in a foothills fight, march single file across a rice paddy., 1950

  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 4-58
167. North Korean captives taken on the west bank of the Naktong River by soldiers of the 5th Regimental Combat Team, 24th Infantry Division. RG6S-KWP.532 (SC 348931)
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 4-59
168. Wounded North Koreans eat in a hospital tent. RG6S-KWP.1974 (SC 346271)
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 4-60
169. American soldiers of the 25th Infantry Division proudly display a captured North Korean flag. RG6S-KWP.408 (SC 347762)
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 4-61
170. Gen. Hoyt S. Vandenberg, U.S. Air Force Chief of Staff, at Haneda Air Force Base, Tokyo, Japan.
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-1
171. Maj. Gen. Edward M. ("Ned") Almond, General MacArthur's chief of staff. (left) (also used for 5-11) (USN Photo 422376)
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-2
172. Senior U.S. officials gather to discuss the Inchon landing proposal.

Guests included Secretary of State Dean Acheson, members of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Secretaries of Defense, the Army, Navy, and Air Force. RG6S-KWP.1301 (SC 346148)

  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-3
173. Rear Adm. James H. Doyle, Commander, Naval Assault Force, at Inchon. (USN Photo 423189)
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-4
174. Gen. Lemuel C. Shepherd, Jr. (center), Commander, 5th Marine Forces Pacific, during the Korean War, shown later as commandant. RG6S-KWP.1713 -?- .1723 (SC 165585)
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-5
175. General Almond (left) and Lieutenant General Shepherd go ashore in the launch of the USS Mt. McKinley. (U.S. Navy Photos)
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-6
176. Maj. Gen. Oliver P Smith and Rear Adm. James H. Doyle confer in board the USS Rochester. (U.S. Navy Photos)
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-7
177. Maj. Gen. David G. Barr Commander, 7th Infantry Division. (right)
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-8
178. ROK Army embarking for the Inchon invasion.
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 5-9
179. ROK soldiers being briefed by a regimental commander.
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 5-10
180. Vice Adm. Arthur D. Struble, Commander, Joint Task Force 7. (right) (also used for 5-2)
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 5-11
181. Landing beaches on Wolmi-do. RG6S-KWP.1736 (SC 348450)
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-12
182. Combat-loaded Marine aircraft. (U.S. Navy Photos)
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-13
183. S/Sgt. Carl W. Peters (left) and Sgt. Melvin R. Bataway (right) prepare ordnance on the flight deck of the USS Sicily. (U.S. Navy Photos)
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-14
184. U.S. Marines load their equipment and supplies at Kobe, Japan, in preparation fore the Inchon operation. RG6S-KWP.1733 (SC 348416) (Marine Corps Photo)
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-15
185. ROK Marines preparing to fight.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-16
186. U.S. Marines board a troopship in Japan for their voyage to the objective. (Marine Corps Photo)
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-17
187. Marines eating breakfast on the morning of D-day. (Marine Corps Photo)
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-18
188. Landing ship medium rockets (LSMRs) soften up shore defenses as Marines assault Wolmi Island.

Note that Wolmi is connected to Inchon by a causeway. RG6S-KWP.764 (SC 348558)

  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-19
189. Members of the 1st Marine Division head for Blue Beach on Wolmi Island. RG6S-KWP.1735 (SC 348447)
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-20
190. Dead North Korean soldiers on Wolmi Island. RG6S-KWP.754 (SC 348476)
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-21
191. Maj. Gen. Field Harris, Commander, 1st Marine Aircraft Wing. (Marine Corps Photo)
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-22
192. LCVPs from the USS Union prepare to land at Inchon.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-23
193. Landing craft heading to the beach.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-24
194. Waves of Leathernecks storm ashore at Inchon. RG6S-KWP.1232 (USMC A-3190)
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-25
195. Col. Lewis B. ("Chesty") Puller. – left to right – Puller, MacArthur, Smith.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-26
196. Gen. Douglas MacArthur (center) conferring with (left to right) Maj. Gen. Field Harris, USMC, and Rear Adm. James H. Doyle on board the USS Rochester.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-27
197. U.S. Marines in Inchon engaged in street fighting. RG6S-KWP.734 (No SC #)
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-28
198. Men of the 1st Marine Division advancing through Inchon. RG6S-KWP.758 (SC 348498)
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-29
199. Supplies on Inchon's beaches after the invasion. RG6S-KWP.1839 (USN 420027)
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-30
200. South Korean refugees return to Inchon. RG6S-KWP.2092 (SC 348508)
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-31
201. North Korean tank in flames.
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-32
202. North Korean POWs march past a destroyed T-34 tank. RG6S-KWP.738 (FEC-50-8908)
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-33
203. Members of the 1st Marine Division set up a field stove near the remains of a Soviet-type Il-3 airplane at Kimpo. RG6S-KWP.828 (USN 710027)
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-34
204. U.S. Marines relax in the burned-out headquarters building at Kimpo.
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-35
205. F-4U Corsair from the USS Philippine Sea at Kimpo airfield. RG6S-KWP.830 (USN 710029)
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-36
206. Col. Charles Beauchamp (left), Commander, 32d Infantry Regiment. (U.S. Army Photo)
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-37
207. AMTRACs advancing across the Han River toward Seoul. RG6S-KWP.678 (SC 349166)
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-38
208. American troops on their way to retake Seoul. RG6S-KWP.679 (SC 349170)
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-39
209. M-4 tank rolling off a pontoon bridge after crossing the Han River. RG6S-KWP.677 (SC 349065)
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-40
210. Americans forcing four North Korean troops from a bunker. RG6S-KWP.751 (SC 348472)
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-41
211. Six North Korean captives being searched. RG6S-KWP.199 (SC 355217)
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-42
212. Rhee expresses his gratitude to UN forces and to General MacArthur at the liberation. Rhee (holding paper) stands behind podium.

Directly facing him is General MacArthur. RG6S-KWP.1023 (SC 349488)

  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 5-43
213. South Korean citizens gather to celebrate the liberation of Seoul by UN forces. RG6S-KWP.1532 (SC 349417)
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 5-44
214. ROK units parade triumphantly in newly-liberated Seoul.
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 5-45
215. ROK units parade triumphantly in newly-liberated Seoul.
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 5-46
216. 24th Division casualties being evacuated from South Korea. RG6S-KWP.335 (SC 344877)
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 5-47
217. Pershing M-26 tanks cross the Kumho River on their way to the Naktong. RG6S-KWP.839 (SC 348820)
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 5-48
218. A North Korean 57-mm gun captured by the 2d Division. RG6S-KWP.993(SC 348860)
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 5-49
219. Maj. James Nobors of Talladega, Alabama, Operations Officer, 38th Infantry Regiment, 2d Division, examines captured documents. RG6S-KWP.84 (SC 348854)
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 5-50
220. Ninety-mm guns lay down a barrage in support of the 5th Regimental Combat Team. RG6S-KWP.1090 (SC 349290)
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 5-51
221. Men of the 5th Regimental Combat Team pinned down on the banks of the Naktong River. RG6S-KWP.907 (SC 349383)
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 5-52
222. Tanks and infantry of the 1st Cavalry Division advancing north. RG6S-KWP.16 (SC 350622)
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 5-53
223. Traffic jam caused by a long line of jeeps waiting to be ferried across the Kumho River. RG6S-KWP.840 (SC 349009)
  • Page number: 72
  • Photo number: 5-54
224. Deuce-and-a-halfs (2 1/2-ton trucks) crossing a river 8 miles northwest of Taegu. RG6S-KWP.1088 (SC 349005)
  • Page number: 72
  • Photo number: 5-55
225. Damaged North Korean caisson that had been adapted fro pulling by oxen. RG6S-KWP.870 (SC 348852)
  • Page number: 72
  • Photo number: 5-56
226. Five thousand communist prisoners cross the Han River on their way to a POW camp. RG6S-KWP.691 (SC 362272)
  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 5-57
227. Senior Col. Lee Hak-ku, Chief of Staff, 13th Division, North Korean Army (right), who was captured by the 8th Cavalry Regiment near Taegu, is interrogated. RG6S-KWP.35 (SC 349093)
  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 5-58
228. Mass grave and bodies of South Koreans, victims of communist atrocities. RG6S-KWP.2302 (SC 350335)
  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 5-59
229. The result of a salvo from the USS Missouri that displaced an enemy mortar position. RG6S-KWP.932 (USN 710035)
  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 5-60
230. U.S. Secretary of Defense George C. Marshall (left) with Lt. Gen. Matthew B. Ridgway.
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 5-61

Box Photo 2
Folder 1-4 Published Images, 1950 - 1990
231. Cpl. George D. Smedley of Mount Vernon, Indiana, and Sgt. Thomas P. Montana of Yuma, Arizona, 1st Cavalry Division keep watch along the 38th Parallel. RG6S-KWP36 (SC 350615)
  • Page number: 75
  • Photo number: 6-1
232. UN forces crossing the 38th Parallel. ARC Identifier - 541822 (NWDNS-306-FS-259(21))
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-2
233. Gen. Douglas MacArthur (right) confers with Lt. Gen. Walton H. Walker, Commander Eighth Army.
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-3
234. Maj. Gen. Edward M. Almond, Commander, X Corps (left), with Army Chief of Staff J. Lawton Collins (right) RG6S-KWP.448(SC 354255)
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-4
235. Chou En-lai, Premier of the Peoples Republic of China. 53-5751
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-5
236. President Harry S Truman (left) and Gen. Douglas MacArthur at a meeting on Wake Island. - Harry S Truman Library
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-6
237. Special Ambassador Dean Rusk of the State Department, later to become Secretary of State. (Also on list H-7 ) (SC389439)
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-7
238. President Truman with key Korean War advisors.

From left, Special Assistant Averell Harriman, Secretary of Defense George C. Marshall, Truman, Secretary of State Dean Acheson, Treasury Secretary John Snyder, Army Secretary Frank Pace, and General Omar Bradley, Chairmen of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. - Harry S Truman Library

  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-8
239. Chairman Mao Tse-tung (foreground) 54-3987
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-9
240. Paratroopers of the 187th Airborne Regimental Combat Team, en route to Korea from Japan, gear up to board a C-119 Flying Boxcar. (NWDNS-342-AF-88059AC)
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-10
241. Australian troops, preparing to eat, on a hillside along the front. RG6S-KWP.1607 (SC 710035)
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-11
242. Officers of the Royal Australian Regiment confer with American officers for operations in the vicinity of Tongman-ni. RG6S-KWP.1606 (SC 352306)
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-12
243. Maj. Gen. Robert Soule, Commanding General, 3d Infantry Division, at Taegu airstrip. (left)
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-13
244. ROK band greets Filipino troops on their arrival in Korea. RG6S-KWP.1638 (SC 348884)
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-14
245. Turkish troops at Pusan. RG6S-KWP.1698 (SC 351460)
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-15
246. Thai troops disembarking as they prepare to join the fray. RG6S-KWP.1696 (SC 361378)
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-16
247. Brig. Gen. George Taylor, Commander, 29th British Brigade. (right)
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-17
248. Maj. Gen. Frank W. Milburn, Commander, I Corps. (right) RG6S-KWP.440(SC354739)
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-18
249. Posthumous Medal of Honor winner Lt. Samuel S. Coursen.
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-19
250. ROK infantry advances north. 80-G-421399
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-20
251. Underwater demolition team en route to explode North Korean mines. (80-G-421399)
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-21
252. A South Korean mine-sweeper blows up in Wonsan harbor. RG6S-KWP.1161 (USN 423625)
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-22
253. Traveling 33 miles in eleven hours, troops of the 7th ROK move to new positions near Singye. RG6S-KWP.2208 (SC 354744)
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-23
254. Equipment of the 1st Marine Division, on board a ship off Wonsan. – USN Photo 421351 Caption from unknown book – Operation Yo-Yo – Back and forth, changing course at twelve-hour intervals, the ships bearing the Marines and their gear mark time during mine clearance operations at Wonsan.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-24
255. U.S. Marines landing at Wonsan. RG6S-KWP.1166 (SC 351829) 1st Division Marines at Wonsan 31 October 1950.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-25
256. Landing craft at Wonsan. RG6S-KWP.1165 (SC 351744)
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-26
257. Captured North Koreans waiting to be shipped out from Wonsan. RG6S-KWP.1162 (SC 351647)
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-27
258. Ruins at Wonsan. RG6S-KWP.1167 (SC 352685)
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-28
259. A Korean woman presenting flowers to Maj. Gen. Almond. RG6S-KWP.660 (SC 351601)
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-29
260. North Koreans welcoming their liberators. RG6S-KWP.659 (SC 351600)?
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-30
261. Men of the 7th Infantry Division assemble on the beaches at Iwon. RG6S-KWP.159 (SC 354186)
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-31
262. UN forces taking Pyongyang, the North Korean capital. RG6S-KWP.986 (No SC #)
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-32
263. Mass rally by the North Korean people in their capital city of Pyongyang celebrating the occupation of the city by UN forces.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-33
264. Brig. Gen. Frank Bowen (left) confers with Gen. Matthew Ridgway. SA/FFC-51-3658
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-34
265. Airborne troops board a C-119 for a drop north of Pyongyang. RG6S-KWP.462 (SC 351492)
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-35
266. Paratroopers of the 187th Airborne Regimental Combat Team readying for a jump. ARC Identifier – 542244 (NWDNS-342-AF-81649AC)
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-36
267. Paratroopers in action. ARC Identifier – 542238 (NWDNS-342-AF-80937AC)
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-37
268. General MacArthur peering from his airplane as he watches paratroopers drop behind enemy lines. RG6S-KWP.XX (SC 351290)
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-38
269. U.S. flag raised at Sukchon, site of the first airborne assault of the war.

Four hundred troops were dropped between Sukchon and Sunchon. RG6S-KWP.459 (SC 351295)

  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-39
270. Residents of Hamhung identify the bodies of some three hundred political prisoners who suffocated in caves sealed off by North Korean soldiers. ARC Identifier – 531380 (NWDNS-111-AF-351359)
  • Page number: 86
  • Photo number: 6-40
271. Cpl. Thomas A. Edwards of New York City, 8th Cavalry Regiment, is fed by Pfc. Cornelius Bosma of Ontario, California, a member of the 8063d MASH. RG6S-KWP.37 (SC 351943)
  • Page number: 86
  • Photo number: 6-42
272. The first Chinese troops captured outside of Hamhung. RG6S-KWP.1639 (SC 351717)
  • Page number: 86
  • Photo number: 6-43
273. B-29s dropping bombs on North Korean targets. ARC Identifier – 542229 (NWDNS-111-AF-351359)
  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 6-44
274. F-80 fighter, carrying two 75-gallon tanks of napalm on its wings, heads into action. ARC Identifier – 542212 (NWDNS-111-AF-351359) NAPALM CARRIER.

One hundred and fifty gallons of flaming death, seventy five gallons of napalm in each of the dark colored wing tanks, speeds on its way toward enemy lines in Korea through courtesy of an F-80 jet fighter of the U.S. Far East Air Forces, ca. 01/02/1951

  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 6-45
275. Chaplain Burgress Riddle holds Thanksgiving Day services on the banks of the Yalu River.
  • Page number: 88
  • Photo number: 6-46
276. Maj. Gen. Oliver P. Smith, Commander, 1st Marine Division. (right) RG6S-KWP.1370 (SC 361318)
  • Page number: 88
  • Photo number: 6-47
277. U.S. Army Chief of Staff J. Lawton (right) conferring with X Corps Commander Almond at the Hamhung airstrip. RG6S-KWP.448 (SC 354255)
  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 6-48
278. Lined up bumper to bumper, this chain of vehicles inches along a road.

Withdrawing from Hongchon to Wonju, a distance of 36 miles, took ten and one-half hours. RG6S-KWP.706 (SC 355931)

  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 6-49
279. U.S. Marines move south from Koto-ri. (USMC Photo A 5372)
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 6-50
280. Bitter cold, bitter fight. ARC Identifier – 542229 (NWDNS-111-AF-351359) BITTER COLD, BITTER FIGHT.

While units of the U.S. Far East Air Forces Combat Cargo Command made an all-out effort to aid embattled units of the First Marine Division and Seventh Infantry Division, the men fighting in Korea were trying desperately to link up in their battle for survival. This marine is shown just as he reached the crest of the ridge at the link-up point. Wet, stinging snow and ice made the operation the most difficult sort, as unleashed hordes of communist troops charge again and again into the United Nations forces.

  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 6-51
281. Marine base at the foot of the Chosin Reservoir. (USMC Photo A 4971)
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 6-52
282. Walking wounded await evacuation from Hagaru-ri. (USMC Photo A 5683)
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 6-53
283. Military installations burn as Wonsan is evacuated. RG6S-KWP.1170 (SC 354094)
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 6-54
284. Thousands of terror-stricken Koreans move south. (SC 355573)
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 6-55
286. Friendly North Korean volunteer to aid the South as guerrilla fighters.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 6-56
287. Vehicles being loaded on board ships during withdrawal from Hungnam. RG6S-KWP.2244 (USN 423919)
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 6-57
288. Troops of the 7th Regiment, 3d Infantry Division, wading through icy water as they evacuate the beaches. RG6S-KWP.125 (SC 355588)
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 6-58
289. Desperate refugees use anything that will float to evacuate Hungnam. ARC Identifier – 520782 (NWDNS-80-AF-424513)
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 6-59
290. General Smith pays homage to the fallen members of his 1st Marine Division before departing from Hungnam. (USN 424567)
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 6-60
291. Docks at Hungnam being destroyed by UN forces. RG6S-KWP.711 (SC 354901)
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 6-61
292. Lt. Gen. Walton H. Walker just before his death. (center)
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 6-62
293. This truck from the 6th ROK Division collided with General Walker's jeep.

The accident resulted in the general's death. RG6S-KWP.1643 (No SC #)

  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 6-63
294. Lt. Gen. Matthew B. Ridgway. (right)
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 6-64
295. Lt. Gen Matthew B. Ridgway (right) assumes command of the Eighth Army.

Here, on December 26, 1950, he is greeted by Maj. Gen. Levan G. Allen, Chief of Staff. (SC 355215)

  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-1
296. Elements of the 3d Infantry Division fall back from Osan. RG6S-KWP.143 (SC 336530)
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-2
297. General Ridgway (right) doing some hands-on planning with an officer at the front. FEC-51-3257
  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-3
298. General Ridgway (second from left) is briefed at a 19th Infantry Regiment observation post.
  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-4
299. Men of the 19th Infantry Regiment, 24th Division, in retreat ten miles south of Seoul.
  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-5
300. Abridge over the Han River is blown as the last UN forces retreat from Seoul. RG6S-KWP.1037 (SC 355559)
  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-6
301. With bridges blown, refugees are forced to flee across the frozen Han River. ARC Identifier – 541965 (NWDNS-306-PS-52(2719))
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-7
302. Citizens fleeing in the snow. RG6S-KWP.2096 (SC 356475) ARC Identifier – 531397 (NWDNS-111- SC-356475)
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-8
303. A B-26 Invader rains flames of destruction on North Korean targets below. ARC Identifier – 542233 (NWDNS-342-AF-87345AC)
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-9
304. A B-29 Superfortress crew makes ready for a mission over North Korea. ARC Identifier – 542287 (NWDNS-342-AF-80590AC)
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-10
305. General Ridgway (left) chatting with Maj. Gen. Claude B. Ferenbaugh, Commander, 7th Division. FEC-51-5790
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-11
306. Maj. Gen. Blackshear M. ("Babe") Bryan, the new commanding general of the 24th Division.
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-12
307. Maj. Gen. Bryant E. Moore, Commander, IX Corps. (right)
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-13
308. Maj. Gen. John B. Coulter (right) talking with General Ridgway prior to Coulter's departure as IX Corps commander. (also listed as G11) FEC-51-1424
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-14
309. Gen J. Lawton Collins (left) accompanied by LT. Gen. Ridgway (center) is greeted by Maj. Gen. Frank W, Milburn, Commanding General, I Corps. (also listed as M2) 8A/FEC-51-958
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-15
310. April 3, 1951. General MacArthur (right) is greeted by General Ridgway (left). RG6S-KWP.1369 (SC 359645)
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-16
311. Generals MacArthur (center front) and Ridgway (right front) survey the situation at the front.
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-17
312. Members if the 27th Infantry Regiment, 25th Division, move forward.

They pay little heed to a dead North Korean soldiers disguised as a civilian. RG6S-KWP.402 (SC 357568)

  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-18
313. Tanks move into position for direct fire as men of the 25th Infantry Division dig in near Suwon. RG6S-KWP.399 (SC 355898)
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-19
314. Men of the 27th Infantry Regiment and M-46 tanks of the 64th Tank Battalion forge ahead 10 miles southwest of Seoul. RG6S-KWP.401 (SC 357558)
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-20
315. A medic tending to the wounds of an American GI. RG6S-KWP.58 (No SC #)
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-21
316. Sgt. Mike Chalooga of Honolulu, Hawaii, examines a dead North Korean soldier who was carrying an American short-story magazine. RG6S-KWP.541 (SC 358010)
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-22
317. General Ridgway (left) and Maj. Gen. Charles D. Palmer, Commanding General 1st Cavalry Division, discuss the Chipyong-ni situation. (Also listed as M38) 8A/FEC-51-5435
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-23
318. General Ridgway (at microphone) addresses French forces during a ceremony at which they are awarded a battle streamer for their actions at Chipyong-ni. 8A/FEC-51-5913 (SC 359682)
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-24
319. General Ridgway presents a Silver Star to 1st Lt. Pierre Laniel, a French officer wounded in action.
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-25
320. The USS Lind shells targets from her position in Wonsan harbor. RG6S-KWP.1858 (SC 361092)
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-26
321. Smoke and flames rise in the air after U.S. Air Force planes drop bombs on bridges over the Han River. RG6S-KWP.688 (SC 357649)
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-27
322. Men of the 54th Military Police Company, 1st Cavalry Division, bring in three Chinese prisoners. RG6S-KWP.57 (SC 359744)
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-28
323. GIs remove a dead enemy from railroad tracks.
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-29
324. Marines capture Chinese prisoners at Hoensong. ARC Identifier – 532414 (NWDNS-127-N-A6759)
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-30
325. North Korean POW being deloused by Cpl. Kenneth White (right) of Grand Junction, Colorado, and PFC. Carol Cutting of Kezar Falls, Maine. RG6S-KWP.1975 (SC 346611)
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-31
326. Maj. Gen. Bryant E. Moore. Authorized a third star, he did not live long enough to receive it. 8A/FEC-51-2872
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-32
327. General Moore's casket being loaded on an airplane for its journey home. (also listed as M41) 8A/FEC-51-5605
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 7-33
328. Maj. Gen. William M. Hoge, the new commanding general of IX Corps. (left) RG6S-KWP.XX (SC 361967)
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 7-34
329. Men of the 25th infantry Division direct artillery fire near the 38th Parallel.
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 7-35
330. Paratroopers of the 187th Regimental Combat Team jump from C-119s near Munsan-ni. RG6S-KWP.455 (A.C. 79676)
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 7-36
331. Paratroopers float toward earth near Munsan-ni. RG6S-KWP.465 (FEC-51-8843)
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 7-37
332. Pinned down by enemy fire, men of the 3d Infantry Division take cover. (also listed as M38.) RG6S-KWP.133 (SC 362337)
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 7-38
333. SFC D.C. Miller of Avon, New York (right), erects a sign on the 38th Parallel to mark the 2d Infantry Division's second crossing into North Korea. RG6S-KWP.1121 (SC 364899)
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 7-39
334. Leaving Kimpo Air Force Base for an inspection tour are (left to right) General Ridgway, Maj. Gen. Doyle O. Hickey, Eighth Army, General MacArthur, and a driver. (also listed as G24) Signal Corps Photo 8Z/FEC-51-3968 (SC 358243)
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 7-40
335. Secretary of the Army Frank Pace.
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 7-41
336. General MacArthur waves during a New York City ticker tape parade. With him is New York Mayor Vincent Impellitteri. 51-6391
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 7-42
337. New Eighth Army commander, Lt. Gen. James A. Van Fleet (second from left) arrives at the 24th Division's airstrip.

Saluting is 24th Division Chief of Staff Col. Charles S. O'Malley. Hidden behind O'Malley is General Bryan, Commander, 24th Infantry Division. At far left is Bryan's aide-de-camp, Lt. Harry J. Maihafer.

  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 7-43
338. A Chinese POW. RG6S-KWP.108 (FEC-51-23553)
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 7-44
339. More Chinese prisoners. From the looks on their faces, they are being treated well. (USMC Photo A 4500)
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 7-45
340. Results of a B-29 raid on the Pyongyang rail yard. ARC Identifier – 542284 (NWDNS-342-AF-87020AC)
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 7-46
341. An F-86 Sabrejet, America's fastest fighter at the time.
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 7-47
342. Vice Adm. C, Turner Joy, senior U.S. military advisor in Korea. (left) FEC-52-5359
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 7-48
343. Kaesong conference site, where the first phase of the military armistice negotiations began in July 1951.
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 7-49
344. UN delegates on their way to the negotiations at Kaesong.

Left to right in backseat of the jeep are Maj. Gen. Laurence C. Craigie, Vice Commander, Far Eastern Air Forces, and Maj. Gen. Paik Sun Yup, Commanding General, 1st ROK Corps. Vice Adm. C. Turner Joy, Commander, Naval Forces, far East, is in the front passenger seat. RG6S-KWP.798 (SC 372278)

  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 7-50
345. Admiral Joy (left) and Maj. Gen. Henry I. Hodes, leaving for chow, pass a North Korean guard along the way. RG6S-KWP.801 (SC 372320)
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 7-51
346. Communist delegation at the Kaesong armistice meeting.

North Korean Gen Nam Il is in the center. ARC Identifier – 532414 (NRE-338-FTL(EF)-3165(5))

  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-52
347. Communist soldiers stand outside the conference room during a break in the armistice sessions at Kaesong. RG6S-KWP.802 (SC 372323)
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-53
348. Men of the 7th Infantry Regiment, 3d Division, camouflage their foxholes in the Kagae-dong area. RG6S-KWP.124 (SC 354104)
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-54
349. UN troops moving up Hill 717. RG6S-KWP.100 (FEC-51-23544)
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-55
350. A general view of Hill 346 that shows enemy communication trenches from bunker to bunker. RG6S-KWP.703 (FEC-51-41070)
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-56
351. Patrolling Marines take a break.

As negotiations dragged on, men continued to fight and die. ARC Identifier – 532424 (NWDNS-127-N-A156980)

  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-57
352. Enemy T-34 tank put out of action by a mine.
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-1
353. The wreckage of a tank that was caught on a bridge by planes of the U.S. Air Force. ARC Identifier – 530633 (NWDNS-111-C-6143)
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-2
354. The 3.5 inch bazooka, a very effective antitank weapon.
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-3
355. North Korean soldiers, carrying burp guns, execute a change of guard at Kaesong. RG6S-KWP.800 (SC 372319)
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-4
356. A standard .31-caliber rifle used by communist forces. RG6S-KWP.83 (SC 3488848)
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-5
357. Wheel-carriage-mounted machine gun.
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-6
358. Another type of mounted machine gun used by the communist forces.
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-7
359. A captured Bren gun. RG6S-KWP.1485 (SC 348917)
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-8
360. A Soviet 120-mm mortar used by the North Korean People's Army. RG6S-KWP.850 (SC 388185)
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-9
361. A Chinese howitzer.
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-10
362. Another Chinese howitzer.
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-11
363. A Soviet-made armored car.
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-12
364. Capt. Wayne Crawford of Jackson, Michigan, inspects the cockpit of a captured North Korean Yak fighter. RG6S-KWP.1459 (A.C. 77591)
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-13
365. A captured MiG-15, its markings masked by military censors. ARC Identifier – 542266 (NWDNS-342-AF-83963AC)
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-14
366. Pvt. Leonard Wensel of South River, New Jersey, with his M-1 Garand rifle, takes a break. RG6S-KWP.30 (SC 361815)
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-15
367. A platoon of the 3d Infantry Division advances against a ridge on Hill 717.

The men are armed with rifles, carbines, and BARS. RG6S-KWP.128 (SC 372740)

  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-16
368. SFC Major Cleveland (left), weapons squad leader, points out an enemy position to his machine-gun crew. ARC Identifier – 531389 (NWDNS-111-SC-353469)
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-17
369. Machine-gun crew at an observation post.
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-18
370. Two soldiers firing a 60-mm mortar.
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-19
371. 57-mm recoilless rifle team in action. RG6S-KWP.344 (SC 362846)
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-20
372. Soldier firing a recoilless rifle.
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-21
373. A 105-mm howitzer being fired by members of the 99th Field Artillery Battalion. RG6S-KWP.43 (SC 351234)
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-22
374. At dusk, artillerymen of the 11th Field Artillery Battalion, 24th Infantry Division, fire 155-mm howitzer. RG6S-KWP.324 (SC 345558)
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-23
375. The M-24 General Chaffee light tank.
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-24
376. An M-4 Sherman tank uses a flamethrower on a Chinese pillbox near the Han River. RG6S-KWP.422 (SC 361283)
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-25
377. An M-26 Pershing tank moves into position. RG6S-KWP.1929 (SC 347104)
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-26
378. An M-46 Patton tank, carrying troops of the 25th Infantry Division, forges ahead. RG6S-KWP.401 (SC 357558)
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-27
379. A wounded soldier is reassured by medics who carry him away from a helicopter medevac. ARC Identifier – 542227 (NWDNS-342-AF-80237AC)
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-28
380. A 7th Division L-5E Sentinel aircraft is refueled by Cpl. Charles Morehead of Sherman, West Virginia. RG6S-KWP.155 (SC 356532)
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-29
381. Northwest of Taegu, vehicles cross a pontoon bridge erected by the 8th Combat Engineers Battalion. RG6S-KWP.48 (SC 346739)
  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-30
382. Troops utilize footbridges as tables for their chow.
  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-31
383. A minesweeping team from the 3d Combat Engineer Battalion locates and clears mines from a road. RG6S-KWP.243 or RG6S-KWP.247
  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-32
384. A transmitter and receiver station erected by the 13th Signal Company, 1st Cavalry Division, on a mountaintop near Kaesong. RG6S-KWP.53 (SC 351673)
  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-33
385. A supply area for vehicle parts belonging to the 27th Ordnance company, 24th Infantry Division. RG6S-KWP.261
  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-34
386. Ammunition dump no. 66 located in South Korea. RG6S-KWP.1179 (SC 379657)
  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-35
387. The USS Antietam under way off the East coast of Korea with Task Force 77. 80-G-434525
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-36
388. U.S. Navy F-2 fighters launch from the deck of the USS Lake Champlain. 80-G-484717
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-37
389. The USS Iowa fires her 16-inch guns at enemy targets. 80-G-447984
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-38
390. An A-1 Skyraider returns to the USS Bon Homme Richard after a mission. 80-G-449702
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-39
391. American, Australian, and South Korean aircraft at airstrip near Taegu. RG6S-KWP.1069 (SC 344985)
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-40
392. In a tight formation, B-26 Invaders head for their home base in Japan after a mission over North Korea.

The aircraft carried .50-caliber cannons and napalm bombs. ARC Identifier – 542239 (NWDNS-342-AF-81321AC)

  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-41
393. A formation of B-29s dropping bombs over North Korea. ARC Identifier – 542198 (NWDNS-342-AF-77453AC)
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-42
394. Laden with 500-pound high-explosive bombs, U.S. Air Force F-80 Shooting Stars fly toward the front. ARC Identifier – 542314 (NWDNS-342-AF-116806AC)
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-43
395. F-86 Sabrejets patrol MiG Alley in northwest Korea. ARC Identifier – 542186 (NWDNS-342-AF-A84042AC)
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-44
396. A C-124 Globemaster, the largest transport plane of its day. (RG79S Aircraft C124 Box 2- penciled on back of photo)
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-45
397. Nurse Lt Loraine Williams tends to a patient at the 121st Evacuation Hospital, Yongdong-po. RG6S-KWP.1190 (SC 349961)
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 9-1
398. Lt Gen. Matthew B. Ridgway presents the Bronze Star to Maj. Bernice Coleman, Chief Nurse, 1st MASH, for her outstanding service in the care and treatment of wounded men. (SC 359680)
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 9-2
399. Capt. Don Artuso, with 2d Lt. Kathryne Polesky in a MASH unit somewhere in Korea. RG6S-KWP.554 (SC 456700)
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 9-3
400. A "real" MASH – the 8225th. RG6S-KWP.557 (SC 328662)
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 9-4
401. Lt Ralph Barnes, Company C, 15th Infantry Regiment, throws a hand grenade toward a Chinese position near Uijongbu. RG6S-KWP.130 (FEC-51-9245)
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 9-5
402. Mortar firing from a built-up position.

Note sandbags and fortified bunker. RG6S-KWP.1244 (No SC #)

  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 9-6
403. A reading of caution in front of the Hantan River bridge on Road 3 near Kumhwa. (M.L.R. means "Main Line of Resistance.") RG6S-KWP.843 (SC 416204)
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 9-7
404. A USO group performs for the 24th Infantry Division.
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 9-8
405. The war became "official" when Bob Hope, the most active and famous USO entertainer of the twentieth century, arrived to entertain the troops. USN Photo
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 9-9
406. Soldiers enjoying refreshments at the Masan Service Club. RG6S-KWP.XX (SC 404134)
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 9-10
407. Chinese and North Korean delegates leaving a conference. RG6S-KWP.811 (SC 375395)
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 9-11
408. After a frustrating day with no agreement reached between the two factions, Lt. Gen. Matthew B. Ridgway leaves the conference tent.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 9-12
409. Homemade Chinese weapons confiscated during riots at POW camp no. 10 on May 20, 1952.

The weapons were made from bedposts, tent poles, and any objects that could be sharpened. RG6S-KWP.1516 (SC 414740)

  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 9-13
410. A Communist POW verbally abuses a U.S. Army major at a prisoner exchange in Panmunjom. ARC Identifier – 542273 (NWDNS-342-AF-84386AC)
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 9-14
411. Exercising North Korean POWs.

Their humane treatment was in sharp contrast to that received by UN prisoners. ARC Identifier – 542194 (NWDNS-342-AF-77154AC)

  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 9-15
412. General Ridgway (left) and Lt. Gen. Mark W. Clark discuss strategy just before Ridgway is replaced as commander in chief of the UN command. 8A-/FEC-51-4354
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-16
413. The F-51 Mustang was the last of the great prop fighters.
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-17
414. B-26s leave targets at Korangpro-ri in smoke and flames. ARC Identifier – 542240 (NWDNS-342-AF-81448AC)
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-18
415. B-29s dropped thousands of tons of bombs on enemy targets during the last days of the war. ARC Identifier – 542229 (NWDNS-342-AF-80327AC)
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-19
416. "Esprit de corps."

Six African American crewmen of the 917th Bomber Wing join hands before a mission. ARC Identifier – 542322 (NWDNS-342-AF-123414AC)

  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-20
417. GIs dig in at positions on Old Baldy. RG6S-KWP.77 (FEC-52-23212)
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-21
418. Frustrated UN representatives leave yet another fruitless peace commission meeting. RG6S-KWP.813 (SC 375407)
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-22
419. UN POW camp at Pusan held both North Korean and Chinese prisoners. ARC Identifier – 541956 (NWDNS-306-PS-51(7134))
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-23
420. President-elect Dwight D. Eisenhower (left) and his son Maj. John Eisenhower, at the Light Air Section, 3d Infantry Division. RG6S-KWP.96 (SC 416347)
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-24
421. President-elect Eisenhower eats dinner with S/Sgt. Virgil Hutchinson, a squad leader in the 3d Infantry Division. RG6S-KWP.140 (SC 416354)
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-25
422. Gen. Maxwell D. Taylor
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-26
423. Guns of the 937th Field Artillery Battalion fire to break up a communist night attack. RG6S-KWP.481 (SC 385821)
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-27
424. Impact area during a night of heavy fighting by the 2d Rocket Field Artillery battery in the Chorwon area. RG6S-KWP.470 (SC 419050)
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-28
425. Maj. Gen. Lee Snag-jo, communist liaison officer at Panmunjom, departs after agreeing to the exchange of sick and wounded POWs. ARC Identifier – 542263 (NWDNS-342-AF-83382AC
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-29
426. UN delegates Rear Adm. John C. Daniel, U.S. Navy (left) and other liaison officers look over the site of the POW exchange (Little Switch) at Panmunjom. RG6S-KWP.922 (FEC-53-2721)
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-30
427. Gen. William K. Harrison, Jr. (sitting at table on left) and North Korean Gen. Nam Il (sitting at table on right) sign armistice documents to end the three-year Korean conflict. ARC Identifier – 520995 (NWDNS-80-G-625728)
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-31
428. A view of the Freedom Tent, the POW exchange point at Freedom Village in Munsan-ni. ARC Identifier – 542262 (NWDNS-342-AF-83188AC)
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-32
429. UN POWs are off-loaded from ambulances at Panmunjom.

ARC Identifier – 542188 (NWDNS-342-AF-83243AC) At Panmunjom, Korea, POW's (recently repatriated in the UN POW exchange) are off-loaded from ambulances. Note the ones in the foreground walking towards tent., 04/21/1953

  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-33
430. Maj. Gen. William F. Dean, former commanding general of the 24th Infantry Division (in dark suit), is repatriated under the terms of the POW exchange (Big Switch) after three years in captivity.

He is greeted by General Taylor (left) on his arrival at Freedom Village. RG6S-KWP.XX (SC 426786)

  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-34
431. An anticommunist North Korean just released from a POW camp acts as a cheerleader for other recently released POWs as he waves a South Korean flag. ARC Identifier – 541966 (NWDNS-306-PS-54(1497))
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-35
432. A happy reunion on board a C-124 for a released POW. Capt. Zach W. Dean of El Dorado, Kansas, clasps his wife tightly just after the plane lands in Tokyo. ARC Identifier – 542286 (NWDNS-342-AF-87324AC)
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-36
433. Syngman Rhee visits the ROK 1st Infantry Division.
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 10-1
434. Gen. J. Lawton Collins, U.S. Army Chief of Staff, decorates South Korean soldiers.
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 10-2
435. Australian troops cross the 38th Parallel at Tamuri. RG6S-KWP.1116 (SC 362661)
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 10-3
436. Members of the Belgian Battalion advance against the Chinese. RG6S-KWP.1611 (SC 358659)
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 10-4
437. Colombian soldiers walk down the gangplank in Pusan to join UN forces in Korea. RG6S-KWP.1614 (SC 370431)
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 10-5
438. Pfc. Morris J. Piche of Ottawa, Canada (left), is helped by a fellow Canadian, Lance Cpl. W.J. Chrysler of Hamilton, Ontario. RG6S-KWP.1613 (SC 359414)
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 10-6
439. Bagpiper leads a platoon of Welsh Highlanders through the IX Corps area. RG6S-KWP.1629 (SC 354758)
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 10-7
440. Staff officers of the 60th Indian Field Ambulance Unit at Taegu. RG6S-KWP.1637 (SC 3555512)
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 10-8
441. Lt. Col. John Hopkins, Commander, 1st Battalion, 5th Marine Regiment, leads a memorial service in the field. ARC Identifier – 532416 (NWDNS-127-N-A9345)
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 10-9
442. Men of the 61st Middlesex Regiment pray at a funeral service for three of their comrades.
  • Page number: 129
  • Photo number: 10-10
443. 61st National Athletic Competition, Seoul, 1998.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 10-11
444. Downtown Seoul with a view of City Hall, 1999.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 10-12
445. Po-hang Steel Company.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 10-13
446. Modern agriculture.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 10-14
447. Traditional Korean dance preformed by young women to celebrate the coming harvest, 1999.
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 10-15
448. Chong Ro, Seoul's "Main Street," 1999.
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 10-16
449. Skyline of Seoul with Namsam Mountain in the background.
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 10-17
450. Task Force Smith Monument, Osan, Korea.
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 10-18
451. Korean War Memorial, Nashville, Tennessee.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 10-19
452. Korean War Memorial, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 10-20
453. Korean War Veterans Memorial, Washington, D.C.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 10-21
454. Korean War Veterans Memorial, Washington, D.C.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 10-22
Folder 5-16 Extras, 1950 - 1999
Folder 17-19 Photocopied, c. 1950 - 1953

Box Photo 3
Folder 1-3 Photocopied, c. 1950 - 1953

Section: Matthew B. Ridgway

Folder 4 Pre-World War II Military Service, c. 1917 - 1933
Folder 5 World War II Military Service, 1943 - 1945
Folder 6 Post World War II Military Service, 1946 - 1949
Folder 7 Post Korea Military Service, 1952 - 1999
Folder 8 Press Photos with Family, 1950 - 1975

Section: Spanish American War

Folder 9-16 Published Images, 1898 - 1915
1. Two señoritas pose for a photographer on a balcony overlooking the courtyard of the Grand Hotel at Puerto Príncipe.
  • Page number: 1
  • Photo number: 1-1
2. Cuban natives of mixed blood gather in front of a hut in Cabaignon for photographer E.C. Rost, who accompanied the U. S. Army in Cuba.
  • Page number: 1
  • Photo number: 1-2
3. Reconcentrados, black victims of Weyler's policies directed against the insurgents, stare at Rost near one of the Cuban civil hospitals.
  • Page number: 1
  • Photo number: 1-3
4. The port of Santiago
  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-4
5. Street scene near the wharf in Santiago
  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-5
6. Marina Calle (Marina Street), showing the city market
  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-6
7. Church of Santa Lucia
  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-7
8. San Felix Calle, with raw sewage coursing down the middle of the through-fare
  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-8
9. Santiago’s bullfight arena, on the north-eastern outskirts of the city.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-9
10. Interior of the building
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-10
11. The small town of Sancti Spiritus
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-11
12. The port of Havana, Cuba’s capital and largest city.
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-12
13. Residence of the captain general in Havana.
  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-13
14. Cubans reenact the atrocity at Alemenda Wall outside Santiago where the Spanish shot the Virginius prisoners.
  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-14
15. Maj. Gen. MáximoGómez y Báez, general-in-chief and leader of the Cuban insurgents
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-15
16. Fitzhugh Lee, American consul general in Havana
  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 1-17
17. The U.S. battleship Maine stands in to Havana harbor, January 25, 1898.
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-18
18. The unprotected cruiser Montgomery in the mid-1890s.
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-19
19. Cmdr. George A. Converse, Montgomery's commanding officer
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-20
20. Consul Fitzhugh Lee (center) sits with Capt. Charles D. Sigsbee, commanding officer of the battleship Maine's junior officers, on board a steamer in Havana harbor.

Sigsbee survived the destruction of his ship; Jenkins did not.

  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-21
21. Clara Barton, famed Red Cross nurse
  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-22
22. Contemporary view of Maine's destruction.

Less garish than most, this view shows clearly her proximity to other ships.

  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-24
23. Wreckage of Maine following the explosion of her magazine on the night of February 15, 1898.
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-25
24. Pvt. William Anthony, USMC
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-26
25. American sailors close aboard Maine after hanging a wreath from the wrecked battleship's mainmast
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-27
26. Numerous wreaths adorn Maine's mainmast from which also files the Stars and Strips at half-mast.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-28
27. Maine's wreck the morning after the explosion
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-29
28. Funeral procession for Maine's dead
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-30
29. A contemporary cartoon reflects typical reactions to Maine's sinking.
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-31
30. The Maine court of inquiry examines Ens. Wilfred V. N. Powelson (third from right) on board the lighthouse tender Mangrove in Havana harbor.

Members of the court include (left to right) Capts. French E. Chadwick and William T. Sampson and Lt. Cmdrs. William R. Potter and Adolph Marix. Powelson, assigned to the transport Fern, headed the diving operations on Maine's wreck. The court examined him on at least five occasions.

  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-32
31. ” Cuba libre!"
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-33
32. The San Carlos Club in Santiago – hotbed of sentiment for the annexation of Cuba to the United States
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-34
33. Artist's rendition of President McKinley signing the American signing the American ultimatum to the Spanish government
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-35
34. A dapper prospective recruit studies enlistment circulars in front of a post office branch in New York City under the watchful eyes of a private and corporal.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 2-1
35. Other prospects ask another corporal about enlistment.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 2-2
36. While spending "a few moments" in the squad room above the post office, recruits learn their first hard lesson about life in the Army – "Hurry up and wait."
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-3
37. While filling out enlistment papers, recruits undergo close questioning by the recruiting sergeant.
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-4
38. As the recruiting sergeant looks on, an officer administers the oath of enlistment to the new enlistee.
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-5
39. "You're in the Army!"

Newly enlisted men draw uniforms at the recruiting station.

  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-6
40. View of the training camp at Montauk, New York, on the eastern tip of Long Island
  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 2-7
41. Field officers of the 1st Volunteer Cavalry, or "Rough Riders," relax in front of their tent while their unit trains at the International Fairgrounds in San Antonio, Texas, during May 1898.

They are (left to right) Lt. Col. Theodore Roosevelt, Col. Leonard Wood, and Maj. Alexander Brodie.

  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 2-8
42. Officer's mess in the Rough Riders' camp in San Antonio, with Colonel Wood and Roosevelt seated at the head of the table.
  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 2-9
43. A New York volunteer infantry regiment drills in camp at Greenville, South Carolina.
  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 2-10
44. Prisoners grade an area near the hospital at Camp McKenzie, Georgia.
  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 2-11
45. African-American soldiers of the 3rd Alabama National Guard pose at Camp Shipp, near Anniston, in east central Alabama.
  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 2-12
46. Men line up for dinner at Camp Alger near Fairfax, Virginia.
  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 2-13
47. Men at Camp Alger gather round a photographer while he works his "Biograph," preparing for a unit portrait.
  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 2-14
48. Payday at Camp Alger fro the 8th Ohio Volunteers, on the day they left for Tampa, Florida, in 1898
  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 2-15
49. After loading a wagon, the 8th Ohio breaks camp.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-16
50. The 8th Ohio marches away from Camp Alger for the last time, taking the step from regimental field music, probably the traditional tune, "The Girl I Left Behind Me."
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-17
51. An artillery unit's limbers lie ready for transport to Tampa, lashed and secured to the bed of a Seaboard Air Line flatcar.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-18
52. The men of the 4th Artillery draw an admiring crowd as they depart fro Tampa and points south.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-19
53. The 21st U.S. Regulars board a passenger train in Plattsburg, New York.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 2-20
54. In a scene that must have quickened pulses and moistened many an eye, the 9th Massachusetts Volunteers depart Clinton, Massachusetts, on May 4, 1898.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 2-21
55. Freight cars carrying equipment for the expedition to Cuba crowd into the railyard in Tampa.
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-22
56. The 9th U.S. Infantry, one of the most photographed units of the Santiago Campaign, encamped in a dry, sandy, piney wood in the marshaling area near Tampa.
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-23
57. One of the more fortunate officers accompanied by his wife
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-24
58. "To the rear in open order, march! Inspection arms."

Troops of the 9thh Infantry stand at attention for firearms inspection by a junior officer. Photographs 2-25, 2-26, and 2-27 were taken by Capt. Willis Wittich, a prolific photographer in Florida and in Cuba.

  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 2-25
59. Prone firing exercises in the camps at Tampa
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 2-26
60. The 21st Infantry on a dusty practice march
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 2-27
61. Weighing an issue of beef for the men of the 21st infantry
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 2-28
62. Parched and sweat-drenched in the near-tropical Florida climate, men line up at the sound of mess call, awaiting their repast among the pines.
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 2-29
63. Regulars of Company A, 2d Infantry mug for the camera while savoring their evening meal in Tampa.
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 2-30
64. William McKinley, Jr. president of the United States
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 3-1
65. William Randolph Hearst, publisher of the New York Journal
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 3-2
66. Stewart L. Woodford, U.S. minister to Spain
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 3-3
67. William R. Day, U.S. secretary of state
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 3-4
68. Russell A. Alger, U.S. secretary of war
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 3-5
69. John D. Long, U.S. secretary of the navy
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 3-6
70. Maj. Gen. William R. Shafter, commanding general, V Corps
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 3-7
71. Calixto García Íñiguez, commanding general, Cuban troops, province of Santiago
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 3-8
72. Commodore George Dewey, commander, U.S. naval forces, Asiatic Station
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 3-9
73. Alfonso XIII, king of Spain
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 3-10
74. Don Carlos, pretender to the Spanish throne
  • Page number: 30
  • Photo number: 3-12
75. General Valeriano Weyler y Nicolau, governor general of Cuba before the outbreak of hostilities
  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 3-13
76. Práxedes Sagasta, Spanish prime minister
  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 3-14
77. Capt. Gen. Ramón Blanco y Erenas, governor general of Cuba
  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 3-15
78. Brig. Gen. Arsenio Linares y Pomba, commanding general army corps, Santiago
  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 3-16
79. Admiral Pascual Cervera y Topete, commander, Spanish naval squadron before Santiago
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 3-17
80. Admiral Manuel de la Cámara y Libermoore, commander, Spanish naval squadron in Spanish waters
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 3-18
81. Admiral Patricio Montojo y Parasón, commander, Spanish naval squadron off Manila Bay
  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 3-19
82. U.S. regulars from the 12th Infantry stand ready fro action, armed with Krag-Jörgensen rifles.
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 4-1
83. American infantry dug in on a firing line during exercises in camp near Tampa.
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 4-2
84. Krag-Jörgensen Model 1892 .30-caliber rifle and cavalry carbine, both generally issued to regulars.

Note the snap-on, tinned hood covering the carbine's front sight, in place to protect the sight in the saddle scabbard.

  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 4-3
85. Springfield rifles, Model 1873, .45-.70 caliber, issued to volunteer units due to a shortage of Krag-Jörgensen
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 4-4
86. A horse-drawn artillery piece with limber in one of the many camps surrounding Tampa during the summer of 1898
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 4-5
87. A Gatling gun parked in the tall grass behind the siege lines at Santiago
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 4-6
88. The famous Sims-Dudley dynamite gun in Tampa on its way to a Cuba-bound transport, probably Leona, to which the 10th Cavalry was assigned
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 4-7
89. Army pack mules during the Santiago Campaign
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 4-8
90. A mule-drawn U.S. Army ambulance before being loaded at Tampa.
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 4-9
91. The main road leading to Güines, Cuba
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 4-10
92. The "road" between La Sierra and San Blas, Cuba
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 4-11
93. The battleship Oregon off San Francisco, March 19, 1898
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 4-12
94. Sailors practice loading one of the 8-inch/.35-caliber BLRs of the armored cruiser New York, circa 1898.
  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 4-13
95. After her maiden voyage from England, the armored cruiser Amazonas (soon to be renamed New Orleans) arrives at the New York Navy Yard on April 15, 1898.
  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 4-14
96. The auxiliary cruiser Yankee fits out at the New York Navy Yard on April 27, 1898.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 4-15
97. The Civil War-era monitor, Jason, originally named Sangamon and a veteran of service in the North Atlantic and South Atlantic blockade squadrons, fits out at the New York Navy Yard on May 28, 1898.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 4-16
98. Proud and defiant, a Cuban soldier is ready for action against the Spanish.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 4-17
99. Cubans irregulars meet Americans during the advance from Siboney in June 1898.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 4-18
100. Members of the 25th Company, Alfonso Guards, stand proudly in front of their barracks in Puerto Rico.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 4-19
101. The Spanish Mauser, Model 1893, issued to Spanish troops serving in Cuba
  • Page number: 41
  • Photo number: 4-20
102. The Mercedes Barracks situated on a broad plateau outside the city of Santiago
  • Page number: 41
  • Photo number: 4-21
103. Redoubt Chipre outside the city of Havana, Cuba.

Note the sandbagged construction.

  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-22
104. Redoubt Mordazo, a Spanish log-and-sand earthwork in the network of defenses surrounding Havana
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-23
105. Barbed-wire entanglements in front of Redoubt Mazo near Havana
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-24
106. Armored railway cars at Sagua la Grande, Cuba
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-25
107. A 12-inch gun at the Santa Clara battery near Vedado
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-26
108. Large-bore muzzle-loading Parrott rifles on the Santiago defenses
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-27
109. Smoothbore, 5-inch Spanish artillery piece from the early nineteenth century in the defensive lines before Santiago
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-28
110. Hotchkiss guns guard the entrance to Santiago harbor. Morro Castle lies in the background.
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-29
111. Spanish fort at the harbor near Cienfuegos, Cuba
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-30
112. Draw-bridge and entrance to the keep of El Castillo at Cienfuegos
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-31
113. Spanish blockhouse under construction near Santiago
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-32
114. Complete blockhouse at Caibarién, Cuba
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-33
115. Loopholed house at La Sierra
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-34
116. Spanish blockhouse converted from a church near Rincón
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-35
117. Blockhouse commanding the north end of a railroad embankment near Isabella de Saqua
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-36
118. Admiral Cervera's squadron at Saint Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, Between April 19 and 29, 1898
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-37
119. A sailor on board the Spanish armored cruiser Vizcaya demonstrates the workings of 5.5-inch gun, the standard secondary battery weapon on board that vessel and her two ill-fated sister ships, Almirante Oquendo and Infanta Maria Teresa.
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-38
120. The battleship Oregon during its voyage around South America to Cuba
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 5-1
121. The protected cruiser Olympia at Hong Kong, circa April 1898.

Note that lead gray color has replaced the peacetime white-and-straw scheme Commodore George Dewey's flag flies on the main.

  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 5-2
122. Capt. Charles V. Gridley, Olympia's commanding officer
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 5-3
123. Postwar view of the protected cruiser Baltimore, in peacetime white-and-straw color scheme, with laundry festooning the forward rigging
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 5-4
124. Capt. Nehemiah M Dyer, Baltimore's commanding officer
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 5-5
125. The protected cruiser Raleigh
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 5-6
126. Capt. Joseph B. Goghlan, Raleigh's commanding officer
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 5-7
127. The gunboat Petrel at Hong Kong April 15, 1898
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 5-8
128. Cmdr. Edward P. Wood, Petrel's commanding officer
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 5-9
129. The gunboat Concord
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 5-10
130. Cmdr. Asa Walker, Concord's commanding officer
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 5-11
131. The protected cruiser Boston
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 5-12
132. Capt. Frank Wildes, Boston's commanding officer
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 5-13
133. The revenue cutter McCulloch served as a valuable auxiliary to Dewey's squadron
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 5-14
134. Capt. Daniel B. Hodgsdon, Revenue Cutter Service, McCulloch's commanding officer
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 5-15
135. The supply ship Zafiro
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 5-16
136. The collier Nanshan, December 26, 1915
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 5-17
137. Alfonso Saenz's depiction of the Battle Manila Bay, showing the protected cruiser Olympia leading the American line of battle.

The protected cruisers Baltimore and Raleigh and gunboats Petrel and Concord follow; the protected cruiser Boston brings up the rear.

  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 5-18
138. Commodore Dewey, wearing a rakish, nonregulation touring cap, confers with Capt. Charles V. Gridley, Olympia's commanding officer, and his chief of staff Cmdr. Benjamin P. Lamberton, during the 7:35 A.M. to 11:16 A.M. lull in the action at Manila Bay.
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 5-19
139. In this artist's depiction, sailors on board Olympia, some stripped to the waist, take a breather during the lull in the action on May 1.
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 5-20
140. The Spanish unprotected cruiser Reina Cristina, flagship of the Spanish squadron. Later off Cavite
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-21
141. The sunken Spanish unprotected cruiser Castilla.

The U.S. protected cruisers Olympia and Baltimore can be seen in background (left).

  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-22
142. The iron-hulled unprotected cruiser Don Antonio de Ulloa, sunk off Cavite
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-23
143. The gunboats Isla de Luzon (left) and Isla de Cuba; the latter was the ship to which Admiral Montojo shifted his flag after American gunfire disabled his flagship Reina Cristina.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-24
144. Looking aft on board Isla de Luzon. Isla de Cuba lies in background.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-25
145. Looking forward from Isla de Cuba's poop deck.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-26
146. Lt. Cmdr. Edward M. Hughes, executive officer of the gunboat Petrel, who led a seven-man party from the ship to burn Spanish men-of-war off Cavite.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-27
147. Party of sailors from the gunboat Petrel boarding and setting Spanish gunboat afire off Cavite, May 1, 1898.
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 5-28
148. Panorama of destruction off Cavite.

The transport Isla de Mindanao (left), gunboats Isla de Luzon and Velasco (right); U.S. gunboat Petrel is in the distant background. Note Isla de Luzon's blackened stern, and one of her four 4.7-inch Hontoria rifles.

  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 5-29
149. A sailor on board Olympia poses by the dented plate on the starboard side of the superstructure, just forward of the second 5-inch gun sponson.

This was the only scar the cruiser received (faintly visible to the right of the rope).

  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 5-30
150. One of Olympia's mascots, this parrot, is said to have lost a leg at Manila Bay.
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-31
151. Lt. Dion Williams, USMC, and a portion of the Marine guard from the protected cruiser Baltimore, which occupied the Cavite navy yard on May 3, 1898
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-32
152. First reinforcement for Dewey's squadron came in the form of the protected cruiser Charleston.
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-33
153. The transport City of Pekin, one of the three troops transport convoyed by Charleston, en route to Manila
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-34
154. The monitor Manadnock, as seen from the collier Nero, en route to the Philippines, demonstrates the seagoing qualities for which monitors were justly infamous – her main deck awash.
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-35
155. The battleship Pelayo moored at Port Said, Egypt, between June 22 and July 11, 1898
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-36
156. The armored cruiser Carlos V at Port Said, on either June 22 or July 1, 1898.

Vessel in left back-ground is either the Colón or Covadonga, merchant steamships requisitioned to navel service. At right is the stern of the naval steamship Buenos Aires.

  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-37
157. The armed merchant cruiser Patriota, Port Said, on either June 22 or July 11, 1898.

She had been acquired as the steamship Normannia from the Lloyd Line.

  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-38
158. The gunboat Nashville (right) inaugurates the blockade, stopping the Spanish merchantman Buena Ventura, April 22, 1898
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 6-1
159. Rufus F. Zogbaum's sketch of the first Spanish prisoners of war, captured on board the Spanish steamer Argonauta on April 26, 1898
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 6-2
160. Artist Henry Reuterdahl's impression of the bombardment of Matanzas on April 27, 1838
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 6-3
161. Lithograph depicting the cutting of one of the telegraph cables linking Cienfuegos and Havana, May 11, 1898.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 6-4
162. Launch from the gunboat Nashville, used in severing the cable at Cienfuegos.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 6-5
163. Seaman Willard D. Miller of the gunboat Nashville, a Canadian, earned the Medal of Honor for cutting the Spanish telegraph cable off Cienfuegos.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 6-6
164. Seaman Harry H. Miller served alongside his brother Willard in Nashville and also received the Medal of Honor for heroism off Cienfuegos.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 6-7
165. Lt. John B. Bernadou commanding officer of the torpedo boat Winslow, wounded in action at Cárdenas.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 6-8
166. Artist's depiction of the revenue cutter Hudson towing the disabled torpedo boat Winslow out of range of Spanish guns off Cárdenas, Cuba, May 11, 1898.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 6-9
167. Winslow's after conning tower, showing indentations from Spanish shell hits
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 6-10
168. Ens. Worth Bagley, photographed at Key West, Florida, circa March 1898
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 6-11
169. The collier Merrimac fitting out for service, Norfolk Navy Yard, April 23, 1898
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 6-12
170. Assistant Naval Constructor Richmond P. Hobson
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 6-13
171. Artist conception of Merrimac being sunk off Estrella PArtist conception of Merrimac being sunk off Estrella Point, near the channel to Santiago harbor, by heavy Spanish gunfireoint, near the channel to Santiago harbor, by heavy Spanish gunfire
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 6-14
172. Views from El Morro shows the sunken Reina Mercedes in the foreground and the tip of Merrimac's masts and stack.
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 6-16
173. Close-up of the wreck of the collier Merrimac, sunk near the channel at Santiago.
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 6-17
174. Spanish prisoners – 1st Lt. Pius Giner Gastaminza, of the 6th Battalion, Lower Peninsula Infantry among them – on their way to be exchanged for Hobson and his Merrimac crew, near Santiago.
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 6-18
175. Hobson leads his men back to American lines.

The Spanish released them in exchange for captured Spanish soldiers.

  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 6-19
176. As Hobson's men pass, one soldier respectfully doff his campaign hat while another rushes up to rear of the wagon that is carrying (front to rear Gunner's Mate First Class George Charrette, Machinist First Class George F. Philips, and Walter Tender Francis Kelly.
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 6-20
177. As word of the arrival of Hobson's crew spreads, American soldiers throng around them to welcome them back.
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 6-21
178. Cmdr. Bowman H. McCalla, captain of the unprotected cruiser Marblehead, who supervised the landings at Guantánamo Bay in June 1989.
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 6-22
179. The cruiser Marblehead as she appeared during the war with Spain.
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 6-23
180. The transport Panther (seen) here as the passenger steamship Venezuela under way in New York Harbor) transported Marines to Guantánamo Bay.
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 6-24
181. Lt. Col. Robert W. Huntington who had fought at Bull Run, commanded the 1st Marine Battalion.
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 6-25
182. Camp McCalla, named in honor of Marblehead's captain, atop the hill (background, left) overlooking the beach
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 6-26
183. Graves of "the First Martyrs," Pvts. James McGolgan and James Dumphy and Acting Assistant Surgeon John B. Gibbs, among the tents of Camp McCalla, late June 1898.

Spanish pressure on the entrenchments had compelled the Marines to bury their dead inside the camp itself.

  • Page number: 72
  • Photo number: 6-27
184. Artist's conception of Marines at Guantánamo, aided by the cruiser Marblehead's searchlights, repelling the first Spanish attack on the night of June 11-12, 1898
  • Page number: 72
  • Photo number: 6-28
185. Artist F.C. Yohn's depiction of Marines returning Spanish fire at Guantánamo being reinforced by their shipmates from camp.

While Yohn's depiction of the Marines' headgear (undress caps) is correct, he inaccurately shows them in blues – they landed clad in brown linen campaign uniforms.

  • Page number: 72
  • Photo number: 6-29
186. Assistant Surgeon John B. Gibbs, the only naval medical officer to die in the Spanish-American War
  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 6-30
187. While a fatigued leatherneck takes a breather seated in the lip of a wheelbarrow, two Cuban soldiers, attired in U.S. Navy white duck uniforms, stand nearby.
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-31
188. 1st Lt. Henry L. Draper USMC, adjunct of the First Marine Battalion, raises the Stars and Stripes over Camp McCalla.
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-32
189. The dispatch boat Dolphin, as she appeared in the 1890s
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-33
190. Diorama depicting the heroism of Sgt. John H. Quick, "with the utmost coolness" signaling the dispatch boat Dolphin, which is mistakenly shelling 2d Lt. Louis J. Magill's platoon during the Cuzco Well fight, June 14, 1898.

Quick was awarded the Medal of Honor.

  • Page number: 75
  • Photo number: 6-34
191. This leather neck, his Lee-Metford rifle across his lap, rests in the shade of a rude lean-to at Camp McCalla, June 17, 1898.

More practical campaign hats arrived four days later.

  • Page number: 75
  • Photo number: 6-35
192. Overall view of Guantánamo Bay, June 26, 1898, showing the Cuban camp (lower left); ships sheltering in the harbor include the gunboat Bancroft, cruiser Detroit and Marblehead, and battleship Oregon.
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-36
193. Tents come down at Tampa as the 9th Infantry breaks camp and make ready for embarkation to Cuba.
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 7-1
194. While one of their company officers looks on, men of the 21st Infantry load their equipment into boxcars.
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 7-2
195. A trooper from Troop D, 2d Cavalry, coxes a horse into a Seaboard Air Line livestock car bound for the SS Morgan.
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 7-3
196. The finger piers and jetties of Port Tampa
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 7-4
197. Railway cars carrying men and equipment of the Cuban expedition transform the docks at Port Tampa into a logistical nightmare.
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 7-5
198. Infantry men trudge across the tracks toward what they hope will be their assigned transport.
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 7-6
199. The colors of the 1st Infantry move toward the long-anticipated embarkation onto the transports.
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 7-7
200. Lt. Col. William Bisbee (left), sword resting on his right shoulder, leads his 1st Infantry onto the gangplank of the transport Segurança, which is just out of view at left.
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 7-8
201. The 9th Infantry boards the Santiago.

The Krag rifle of the first sergeant at left is protected by a canvas covering.

  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 7-9
202. The long wait proved to be too much for these regulars.
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 7-10
203. The Rough Riders from the 1st Volunteer Cavalry, without their horses, clamber on board the Yucatan for the sea journey to Cuba.
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 7-11
204. Horses and mules await their turn to board the ships moored to the docks at Port Tampa.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 7-12
205. With the assistance of a ship's cargo crane, men load Cuba-bound light artillery pieced onto a transport (either the Berkshire or Coma).
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 7-13
206. Ammunition and supplies being loaded into a vessel's cargo hold at Port Tampa
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 7-14
207. The units that made up the Santiago expedition:
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 7-15
208. Ready to commence their voyage into the Caribbean, loaded transports move out into Tampa Bay.

The Comal's stern is visible at center.

  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 7-16
209. The transport Seneca (designated Army Transport No. 5) moves into Tampa Bay.

Note the men climbing onto her masts.

  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 7-17
210. The Knickerbocker (left) and City of Washington (right) lie alongside each other before the voyage to Cuba.
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 7-18
211. Under way at last!

One of the lead vessels in the Santiago expedition steams ahead, leaving a large number of vessels in her wake.

  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 7-19
212. The transport Matteawan, her "designating number" 26 on her funnel, steams toward Cuba.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 7-20
213. Troops crowd the upper decks of the transport City of Washington, en route to Cuba.
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 7-21
214. The Saratoga steams into the Gulf during the voyage to Cuba.
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 7-22
215. Having grabbed the first available berths, these lucky soldiers have a proper place to sleep.
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 7-23
216. Foreign military attachés on board a Cuba-bound transport, likely the Segurança
  • Page number: 86
  • Photo number: 7-24
217. Burned by the retreating Spaniards, the railway station at Daiquiri lies in ruins.
  • Page number: 86
  • Photo number: 7-25
218. Launches tow the first of the U.S. troops ashore at Daiquiri on June 22, 1898.
  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 7-26
219. The Rough Riders disembark from the Yucatan.
  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 7-27
220. The steam lighter Laura pulls alongside the rickety pier at Daiquiri to offload her human cargo, a host of transports in the distance.

At center lies the D. H. Mille, waiting to disembark a battalion of the 7th Infantry.

  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 7-28
221. American soldiers at Daiquiri climb out of a small launch at the head of the pier.
  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 7-29
222. Units consolidate, collect their equipment, and await the long-anticipated advance into the Cuban interior.
  • Page number: 88
  • Photo number: 7-30
223. Firmeza, a mining town north by northwest of Daiquiri, lay in the path of the Americans advancing from Daiquiri.
  • Page number: 88
  • Photo number: 7-31
224. Panoramic view of Siboney from the south.

The tents indicate that the landings there on June 23 predated these photos.

  • Page number: 88
  • Photo number: 7-32a
225. Panoramic view of Siboney from the south.

The tents indicate that the landings there on June 23 predated these photos.

  • Page number: 88-89
  • Photo number: 7-32b
226. Panoramic view of Siboney from the south.

The tents indicate that the landings there on June 23 predated these photos.

  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 7-32c
227. The armed lighthouse tender Suwanee under way off Siboney, passing the auxiliary cruiser St. Louis (left) and armed yacht Vixen (right)
  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 7-33
228. Crewmen on board the gunboat Bancroft watch as her port 4-inch guns bombard Siboney, June 22, 1898.
  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 7-34
229. "Made a bull's eye that time!" The pleased expression on the officer's face (center) mirrors Bancroft's accurate fire at a Spanish blockhouse at Siboney, June 22, 1898.

Note the 6-pounder guns to port and starboard, with sandbags piled around the base of he cage mounts.

  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 7-35
230. Smoke rises from burning buildings at Siboney during the bombardment by the gunboats Annapolis, Bancroft, and Helena and the armed yacht Hornet, June 22, 1898.
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 7-36
240. Transports await word to unload at Siboney off the southeast coast of Cuba.
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 7-37
241. The landings of Siboney commence on June 23 as U.S. troops come ashore in small boats.

Soldiers in the distance have taken off their trousers to lend assistance in the surf, which appears calm.

  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 7-38
242. Bare-legged Americans, along with several Cubans, assist in landing operations, while a Cuban soldier stands guard. The Orizaba lies at center disembarking the 22d Infantry and Shafter's siege artillery battalion.
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 7-39
243. Frightened and hungry, Cuban refugees flood onto the ground of the U.S. headquarter at Siboney to escape the fighting.

The roof of the blockhouse appears in the distance at left.

  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 7-40
244. Transports at anchor off Siboney, with tents in the middle foreground.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 7-41
245. A view of the coastline looking through the small village of Siboney, which lies along the road leading to the interior
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 7-42
246. A view of the harbor at Siboney seen from the heights which extend in land about three-quarters of a mile
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 7-43
247. The railroad bridge at Siboney, which the Spanish attempted unsuccessfully to destroy
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 7-44
248. Leading out of Siboney toward Santiago, the main road passes an abandoned Spanish blockhouse.
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 7-45
249. Pack mules of an ammunition train move to the front along the main road from Siboney to Santiago.
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 7-46
250. Maj. Gen. Joseph Wheeler, commanding the cavalry division of V Corps
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-47
251. Map of the battlefield at Las Guásimas
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-48
252. Men from the 9th Infantry build a road to the front near Las Guásimas.
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-49
253. Artillery train in a narrow defile at Las Guásimas.
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-50
254. Resting place of seven Rough Riders, including Sgt. Hamilton Fish, killed during the fighting at Las Guásimas
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-52
255. Lonely grave at Siboney of Capt. Allyn K. Capron of the 1st Volunteer Cavalry, killed at Las Guásimas on June 24, 1989 – the first American Army officer to lose his life during the Santiago Campaign
  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-53
256. Road through the jungle at Las Guásimas where the 1st and 10th Cavalry suffered most of their casualties
  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-54
257. Wounded Rough Riders walking down the trail left of the main road leading to Las Guásimas
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-55
258. The first message , sent to General Miles by General Lawton, concerning the action at Las Guásimas, the expedition's initial engagement on Cuban soil
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-56
259. The sundial at Seville, Cuba, a landmark that veterans of Young's 2d Brigade would always associate with their first battle at Las Guásimas.
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-57
260. American troop dispositions at El Caney at approximately midday on July 1, 1898
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 8-1
261. The most advanced American outpost along the road to Santiago on the afternoon of June 30
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 8-2
262. Determined to lighten his load, a private from the 7th Infantry, Chaffee's brigade, Lawton's division, entrusts his worldly possessions (except for his Krag and ammunition belt!) to a donkey during the advance toward Santiago.
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 8-3
263. Panoramic view of the town of El Caney, seen from Fort El Viso
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 8-4a
264. Panoramic view of the town of El Caney, seen from Fort El Viso
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 8-4b
265. Panoramic view of the town of El Caney, seen from Fort El Viso
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 8-4c
266. Capron's battery changes position from El Pozo to a point south of the Spanish position at El Caney on the afternoon of June 30.
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 8-5
267. Battery commander Capt. Allyn Capron, whose son became the first army officer casualty of the war at Las Guásimas, one week before the engagement at El Caney
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 8-6
268. Capron's battery in action near El Caney on July 1
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 8-7
269. General Lawton (left center) inspects the American lines before El Caney and confers with General Garcia (left) and the two brigadiers – Ludlow (right center) and Chaffee (right) – commanding Lawton's left and right flanks, respectively.
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 8-8
270. Brig. Gen. Joaquin Vara del Rey, commander of El Caney's gallant defenders
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 8-9
271. Col. Adna R. Chaffee
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 8-10
272. View of the El Caney battlefield looking west from the position held by Chaffee's brigade on the right flank of Lawton's division
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 8-11
273. An unidentified officer with field glasses watches developments during the assault on El Caney.
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 8-12
274. The eastern face of El Viso, assaulted by the men of Chaffee's brigade
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 8-13
275. Brig. Gen. John C. Bates
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 8-14
276. Stone fort at El Viso, viewed from southwest of El Caney, there assaulted by the brigades of Bates and Miles
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 8-15
277. View looking north toward one of the El Caney blockhouses with barbed-wire entanglements, situated on the road leading southwest from El Caney, advanced on by Ludlow's right and Miles left
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 8-16
278. View looking north into El Caney from the blockhouse, which lay in the line of Ludlow's and Miles's advance
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 8-17
279. Brig. Gen. William Ludlow
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 8-18a
280. Col. Evan Miles
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 8-18b
281. The plaza in El Caney
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 8-19
282. Round-up of Spanish prisoners in the wake of the El Caney battle.
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 8-20
283. American infantrymen rest after stacking arms on a portion of the El Caney battlefield late in the afternoon of July 1.
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 8-21
284. Troops near General Shafter's headquarters press ever closer toward Santiago, circa June 30, 1898.
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 8-22
285. Before proceeding farther toward the front, General Shafter and his staff pause to water their horses.
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 8-23
286. Map of the San Juan battlefield
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 8-24
287. El Pozo (The Well) Shafter's headquarters during the Battle for San Juan Heights, as seen from the position of Grimes's battery
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 8-25
288. The guns of Capt. George S. Grimes's light field artillery commence firing at Spanish positions on San Juan Heights.
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 8-26
289. Col. John Jacob Astor watches the effect of American artillery fire on the Spanish positions.
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 8-27
290. Brig. Gen. Samuel S. Sumner, commanding 1st Brigade, Wheeler's division
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 8-28
291. Signal Corps personnel inflate their observation balloon near El Pozo early on the morning of July 1.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 8-29
292. The Signal Corps balloon rises from El Pozo.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 8-30
293. The rough Riders' colonels – Col. Leonard Wood and Lt. Col Theodore Roosevelt – seen here in Tampa, June 1898, with General Wheeler
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-31
294. A flood of troopers from the 1st Volunteer Cavalry, the Rough Riders, splash through the ford across the Aguadores River.
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-32
295. The Rough Riders move to the front across the Aguadores River.
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-33
296. In the rush to move supplies to the front, a transport wagon overturns in one of the streams near San Juan Hill
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-34
297. Brig. Gen. Jacob F. Kent, commanding the 1st Division.

His men were to face the brunt of the fighting on San Juan Heights.

  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-35
298. Brig Gen. Hamilton S. Hawkins, commander of the lead brigade in Kent's division
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-36
299. Men of the 71st New York await orders to press forward toward the heights.
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-37
300. Moving forward on the main road leading to Santiago, men of Col. H.A. Theaker's 16th Infantry Regiment, Hawkin's brigade, cross the Aguadores River.
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-38
301. The trail left of the main road, discovered by the Signal Corps balloon, on which the 71st New York lay paralyzed and over which Kent's division advanced
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-39
302. Col. Charles A. Wikoff, commanding the 3d Brigades, 1st Division, shown here as a field officer in the 19th Infantry
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-40
303. Shallow ford through which Wikoff's brigade crossed the San Juan River
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-41
304. Lt. Col William S. Worth, commanding the 13th Infantry, Wikoff's brigade
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-42
306. Lt. Col. Emerson H. Liscum. Commanding the 24th Infantry, Wikoff's brigade
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-43
307. Lt. Col. Erza P. Ewers, commanding the 9th Infantry, Wikoff's brigade, shown here as a brigadier general
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-44
308. Lt. Col. Ezra P. Ewers's 9th Infantry Regiment, Wikoff's brigade, prepares for the attack in San Juan Heights
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-45
309. Formed in the relative sanctuary of a tree line and sunken road along the San Juan River, men of the 9th Infantry await orders to attack.
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-46
310. Col. E.P. Pearson, commanding the 2d Brigade, 1st Division, shown here as commanding officer of the 10th Infantry
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-47
311. Crossing point of the 21st Infantry (Pearson's brigade) over the Sam Juan River
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-48
312. U.S. regulars cross the San Juan River
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-49
313. A painting depicting Troop C, 9th U.S. Cavalry, an African-American unit leading the charge toward the summit of Kettle Hill
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-50
314. One of the kettles on "little San Juan Hill"
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-51
315. The Rough Riders search for dead and wounded comrades following the charge on Kettle Hill.
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-52
316. Lieutenant Colonel Roosevelt and his men on the heights overlooking Santiago
  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-53
317. View of San Juan (at left) from the crest of Kettle Hill.

Note the small pond at center. See Map 8-24.

  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-54
318. Artist's rendition of General Hawkins exhorting his brigade toward the summit of San Juan Hill.

With his sword and hat raised, Lt. Jules Ord likewise inspires the troops at far right.

  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-55
319. Lt. Jules Garesche Ord, 1st Brigade Commissary Officer, and hero of San Juan Hill
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-56
320. Painting by C.D. Graves depicting the advances on San Juan Hill
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-57
321. San Juan Hill as seen from the lower ford across the San Juan River
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-58
322. U.S. regulars struggle toward the blockhouse atop San Juan Hill in this artist's rendering.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-59
323. Their brigade under the temporary command of Lieutenant Colonel Ewers, men of the 13th Infantry charge the blockhouse on San Juan Hill.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-60
324. The blockhouse of San Juan Hill captured by the 13th Infantry
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-61
325. Confident and proud, an American soldier stands guard with his regimental colors following the successful assault on San Juan Heights.
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 8-62
326. An ambulance at the foot of San Juan Hill awaits the arrival of casualties to be borne to the rear.
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 8-63
327. The 1st Division field hospital situated near the Aguadores River
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 8-64
328. Spanish trench line on San Juan Hill
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 8-65
329. East slope of San Juan Hill on July 2, one day after the battle
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 8-66
330. Wounded and forlorn, Spanish prisoners rest in the late afternoon shade following the American capture of the heights overlooking Santiago.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 8-67
331. Lightly guarded by their captor, Spanish prisoners of war move glumly to the rear.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 8-68
332. Triumphant African-American troops, possibly of the 10th Cavalry, pose after the battle.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 8-69
333. A single headboard serves as a marker for four Americans of the 21st Infantry buried in the Spanish trenchline for which they fought on July 1, 1898.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 8-70
334. A bit more care appears to have been given to the markers for these soldiers, who likewise lie buried in a trench.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 8-71
335. Lt. Victor Blue of the armed lighthouse tender Suwanee
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-1
336. Capt. Robley D. Evans, commanding officer of the battleship Iowa
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-2
337. Iowa, the newest battleship in the U.S. Navy
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-3
338. Indiana at sea on the blockade, awning and wind sails prominent because of the lack of ventilation in ships of that era
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-4
339. The battleship Oregon
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-5
340. The battleship Texas in Cuban waters, 1898
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-6
341. The armored cruiser Brooklyn
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-7
342. The armed yacht Vixen
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-8
343. Rear Admiral Winfield Scott Schley, photographed circa 1899.

He commanded the Flying Squadron at Santiago

  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-9
344. Entrance to Santiago harbor, Cuba; El Morro at right
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-10
345. Admiral Cervera's flagship, the armored cruiser Infanta Maria Teresa – seen here at Saint Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, circa late April 1898 – led the Spanish squadron out of Santiago Bay.
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-11
346. Captain Victor María Concas y Palau., commanding officer of Infanta Maria Teresa, because Admiral Cervera's chief of staff after Capt. Bustamente was mortally wounded on July 1.
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-12
347. Capt. Francis A. Cook commanding officer of the armored cruiser Brooklyn, leans against his ship's after 8-inch turret.

Note the auxiliary steering position in left background.

  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-13
348. Capt. John W. Philip, commanding officer of the battleship Texas
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-14
349. In 1899, Alonzo Saenz, a Spanish navy surgeon and artist, depicted the Battle of Santiago, showing the emerging Spanish fleet engaging the armored cruiser Brooklyn (center) and the battleships Iowa and Texas (right).
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-15
350. Capt. Henry C. Taylor, commanding officer of battleship Indiana.
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-16
351. Infanta Maria Teresa aground off the coast of Cuba
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-17
352. Infanta Maria Teresa's after 11-inch turret
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-18
353. The armored cruiser Almirante Oquendo at Saint Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, circa late April 1898
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-19
354. Forward turret and wrecked bridge of the armored cruiser Almirante Oquendo
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-20
355. Capt. Juan B. Lazaga, commanding officer of Almirante Oquendo
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-21
356. Capt. Fernando Villaamil, commanding the Spanish torpedo boat squadron; killed in action at Santiago
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 9-22
357. A Terror-class torpedo boat destroyer (either Terror, Plutón, or Furor) probably in the Cape Verde Islands, while en route to Cuba in April 1898
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 9-23
358. Lt Cmdr. Diego Carlier, commanding officer of Furor
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 9-24
359. Lt. Cmdr. Pedro Vasquez, commanding officer of Plutón
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 9-25
360. Artist's depiction of Spanish torpedo boat destroyer ( Plutón, or Furor) attempting to run a withering gauntlet of American gunfire off Santiago
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 9-26
361. Cmdr. Richard Wainwright, commanding officer of Gloucester
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 9-27
362. Painting of the armed yacht Gloucester gallantly standing toward the emerging Spanish fleet off Santiago.

She engaged Plutón and Furor and administered the coup de grace to both.

  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 9-28
363. The Spanish armored cruisers Cristóbal Colón (left) and Vizcaya (right) anchored at Saint Vincent Cape Verde Islands, en route to Cuba in April 1989
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 9-30
364. Capt. Antonio Eulate, commanding officer of Vizcaya
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 9-31
365. Brooklyn's Chief Yeoman George H. Ellis, circa 1898, the only American fatality at Santiago
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 9-32
366. Artist F. Bruno's rendition of the battleship Oregon (foreground) and the armored cruiser Brooklyn pursuing the Spanish armored cruiser Vizcaya.
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 9-33
367. Capt. Charles E. Clark commanding officer of the battleship Oregon
  • Page number: 129
  • Photo number: 9-34
368. The grounded Spanish cruiser Vizcaya burns on the coast of Cuba after the Battle of Santiago, as photographed by Lt. (j.g.) Hunicke of Hist.

The torpedo boat destroyer Ericsson stands by at right. In the foreground is Hist's first cutter standing toward the wrecked ship.

  • Page number: 129
  • Photo number: 9-35
369. Artist's conception of boats from Iowa coming to rescue Vizcaya's crew as the stricken Spanish ship lies aground on Acerraderos Reef
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 9-36
370. The wrecked Spanish cruiser Vizcaya.

Note the extensive fire damage.

  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 9-37
371. Vizcaya's after 11-inch turret, whose gunners gallantly battled Iowa and New York at one point in the battle.

The size of the man standing atop the mount serves as a useful yardstick to gauge its size. Her fallen mainmast lies at left.

  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 9-38
372. Starboard side of Vizcaya's spar deck, showing how wooden planking has been entirely burned away; note the shielded 5.5-inch gun at right
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 9-39
373. Magazine explosion wrecks the doomed Vizcaya.
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 9-40
374. Capt. Emilio Díaz Moreu, commanding officer of Cristóbal Colón
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 9-41
375. Capt. Charles E. Clark (with binoculars), Oregon's captain, joins Lts. Albert A, Ackerman (in charge of the after 13-inch turret) and Reginald F. Nicholson ( Oregon's Navigator), Ens. Charles L. Hussey, Naval Cadets Paul B. Dungan and Edward C. Kalbfus, and Marine orderlies, Pvts Charles H. Haight and Ferdinand F. Ellis on the roof of Oregon's after 13-inch turret during the Battle of Santiago.

Also present are Gunner's Mate First Class James F. Groves, Seaman Johan E. Nord, and Apprentices Second Class Benjamin B. Wood and George C. Love

  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 9-43
376. Lt. Cmdr. James K. Cogswell, Oregon's executive officer; behind him, signalmen "wig-wag" to the armored cruiser Brooklyn "Ýour shots are falling short" during the chase of the Spanish cruiser Cristóbal Colón.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 9-44
377. Reflecting the "most intense enthusiasm" prevailing in board, Oregon's crew cheers as the Cristóbal Colón strikes her colors at 1:15 P.M. on July 3.
  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 9-45
378. Prize crew from the battleship Oregon, under Lt. Cmdr. James K. Cogswell, rows toward the surrendered Cristóbal Colón.
  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 9-46
379. Spanish officers on Cristóbal Colón's quarterdeck await transportation to the transport Resolute.
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 9-47
380. The Spanish armored cruiser Cristóbal Colón lies on her beam ends in the surf off the mouth of the Tarquino River.
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 9-48
381. Capt. French E. Chadwick, commanding officer of the armored cruiser New York
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 9-49
382. The flagship New York, her crew cheering Oregon after the conclusion of the Battle of Santiago, flies the signal 2F-94: "Report Casualties."
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 9-50
383. U.S. sailors poke around the topside wreckage on board Almirante Oquendo, probably on July 9, 1898.

The inspecting Americans found the ship to be a "structural wreck … practically broken in two."

  • Page number: 135
  • Photo number: 9-51
384. The Spanish cruiser Almirante Oquendo aground off the coast of Cuba.

Note how graffiti artists have scrawled their initials for posterity on the after turret.

  • Page number: 135
  • Photo number: 9-52
385. The Spanish cruiser Reina Mercedes, sunk near the channel to Santiago harbor, July 4, 1898, in an unsuccessful attempt to block the channel that reprised the Americans' efforts with collier Merrimac a month earlier.
  • Page number: 135
  • Photo number: 9-53
386. The battleship Texas and a converted yacht – most likely Hist – stand by the grounded and armored Spanish cruisers Almirante Oquendo and Infanta Maria Teresa.
  • Page number: 136
  • Photo number: 9-54
387. Smoke from the funeral pyres of the Spanish cruisers Almirante Oquendo (left) and Infanta Maria Teresa (right)
  • Page number: 136
  • Photo number: 9-55
383. Santiago seen from afar, viewed from an observation tower erected in the siege lines
  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 10-1
384. Accompanied by his staff officers, Lt. Col. Ezra P. Ewers (left) temporary commander of Wikoff's 3d Brigade, 1st Division, watches the bombardment of the Spanish lines early on July 3.
  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 10-2
385. The siege of Santiago
  • Page number: 138
  • Photo number: 10-3
386. Cuban troops move past the American right flank to take up their position
  • Page number: 139
  • Photo number: 10-4
387. North of Santiago, the 4th Infantry moves into position.

This view looks southwest.

  • Page number: 139
  • Photo number: 10-5
388. "Bombproofs" along the St. Iñez Road
  • Page number: 139
  • Photo number: 10-6
389. Men of the 7th Infantry occupy trenches and rifle pits northeast of Santiago along the St. Iñez Road.

This view looks northwest.

  • Page number: 139
  • Photo number: 10-7
390. Looking southwest toward Santiago, the 71 New York Volunteers extend their lines.
  • Page number: 139
  • Photo number: 10-8
391. On their position on San Juan Heights, the Rough Riders of the 1st Volunteer Cavalry entrench their left flank.
  • Page number: 140
  • Photo number: 10-9
392. A trooper trains the Sims-Dudley dynamite gun on the Spanish siege lines
  • Page number: 140
  • Photo number: 10-10
393. Troopers of the 10th Cavalry man one of several Gatling guns.
  • Page number: 140
  • Photo number: 10-11
394. A Colt Automatic Gun in the trenches on San Juan Hill
  • Page number: 140
  • Photo number: 10-12
395. 6th Cavalry troopers crouch in a trench to avoid possible sniper fire.
  • Page number: 140
  • Photo number: 10-13
396. Men of the 9th Infantry gaze on Santiago from the trenches just north of the captured blockhouse, in background.

This view looks south.

  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 10-14
397. Flying proudly in a hot, brisk Cuban breeze, regimental colors mark the centerline of the 9th Infantry's position on San Juan Hill.
  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 10-15
398. Camps on the reverse slope of San Juan Hill were vulnerable to Spanish mortar fire.
  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 10-16
399. Colonel Ewers's headquarters during the siege of Santiago.

Note the thatched shelter erected in lieu of a tent fly.

  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 10-17
400. This view from the 24th Infantry's position looks southwest.
  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 10-18
401. Bombproofs of the 21st Infantry east of Santiago on a h ill directly in front of the 9th Infantry trenches, looking north
  • Page number: 142
  • Photo number: 10-19
402. A view of the 2d Infantry's trenches
  • Page number: 142
  • Photo number: 10-20
403. Headquarters tents of Col. E. P. Pearson, commanding the 2d Brigade of the 1st Division
  • Page number: 143
  • Photo number: 10-21
404. View looking south down the lies of rifle pits manned by the 2d Infantry
  • Page number: 143
  • Photo number: 10-22
405. Palm trees mark the extreme left wing of the V Corps lines surrounding Santiago, looking south, probably through the lines of the 9th Massachusetts Volunteers.
  • Page number: 143
  • Photo number: 10-23
406. American forces extend their trench line in front of Santiago during the steamy morning of July 7, 1898.
  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 10-24
407. Behind a revetment of earth and sandbags, an American artillery piece is trained on Santiago.
  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 10-25
408. Underneath a thatched shelter, officers of the 17th Infantry seek relief from the merciless heat.
  • Page number: 145
  • Photo number: 10-26
409. Paperwork clutters the desk in the office of the 31st Michigan Volunteers' adjunct, temporarily taken over by the mustachioed regimental sergeant-major.
  • Page number: 145
  • Photo number: 10-27
410. Signal Corps personnel prepare for construction of a telegraph line.
  • Page number: 146
  • Photo number: 10-28
411. Lt. Col. O. Pierson, Officer in Charge of the Signal Corps Telegraph Office in Washington, D.C. seen against a background of document boxes
  • Page number: 146
  • Photo number: 10-29
412. Signal Corps personnel and their aerial photographic equipment
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 10-30
413. A balloon carries an aerial camera skyward.
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 10-31
414. American soldiers boil drinking water for their unit during the siege.
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 10-32
415. The pond at the foot of San Juan Hill and in front of Kettle Hill provided welcome refreshment for the troops camped nearby General Wheeler's headquarters.

This view was from behind the position of the 6th Infantry on July 5.

  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 10-33
416. Pocatello Jo, an appropriate regimental mascot, rests on the outstretched arm of a wary soldier.
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 10-34
417. Sick call during the siege of Santiago in the camp of the 24th Infantry on San Juan Hill
  • Page number: 148
  • Photo number: 10-35
418. Camp hospital; behind the American siege lines.
  • Page number: 148
  • Photo number: 10-36
419. Sick and wounded soldiers await evacuation to the mainland, crowding a hospital tent at Siboney, one week after the Battle of San Juan Hill.
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 10-37
420. Americans burned disease-ridden Siboney on July 14, 1898
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 10-38
421. Maj. Walter Reed, Medical Corps
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 10-39
422. The hospital ship Relief stands by off Siboney, ready to take casualties on board during the siege of Santiago.
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 10-40
423. Sailors prepare to transfer the sick and wounded to Relief during July 1898.
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 10-41
424. Relief's Ward 3
  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 10-42
425. Nurses serving on board Relief
  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 10-43
426. Patient on Relief prepared for an x-ray
  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 10-44
427. Relief's army surgeons operate under less than antiseptic circumstances.
  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 10-45
428. The truce is on. American volunteers set their Springfield rifles between sandbags and sit atop their earthworks.
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 10-46
429. General Miles, U.S. Army commander in chief chats with an officer during the negotiations.
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 10-47
430. General Shafter (left) and Miles confer regarding the prospects of Spanish surrender. Shafter wears the distinctive model 1889 fatigue helmet, which became a personal trademark of the corps commander during the Santiago Campaign.
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 10-48
431. The "Surrender Tree" between the Spanish and American lines
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 10-49
432. An artist's rendering of the meeting between the American and Spanish generals on the morning of July 17, 1898.

Here, General Toral extends a hand, presumably to General Shafter, although Miles is pictured at right.

  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 10-50
433. A photograph of the shaking of hands at the Surrender Tree, probably at leave-taking
  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 10-51
434. Religious services on San Juan Hill after the Spanish surrender
  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 10-52
435. Cavalry troopers atop San Juan Hill cheer on receiving the news of the Spanish surrender
  • Page number: 153
  • Photo number: 10-53
436. A gathering in the camp of the 2d Infantry on the southern reaches of San Juan Heights following the Spanish surrender.
  • Page number: 153
  • Photo number: 10-54
437. Relieved Spanish troops chat with their American counterparts across the trenches.
  • Page number: 153
  • Photo number: 10-55
438. With the 9th Infantry in formation in the streets below, an honor guard raises the American flag over the city hall of Santiago on July 17 at noon.

Note "VIVA ALFONSO XIII" painted just below the roof and the photographer at lower left.

  • Page number: 154
  • Photo number: 10-56
439. The Stars and Stripes catches the breeze on its way up the flagstaff as Lieutenant Miley (Shafter's chief aide-de-camp), Captain McKitrick, and Lieutenant Wheeler (General Wheeler's son) stand by on the red-tiled roof.
  • Page number: 154
  • Photo number: 10-57
440. American soldiers line the plaza in front of the cathedral in Santiago on Surrender Day.
  • Page number: 155
  • Photo number: 10-58
441. Men of the 9th Infantry in the streets below and the Cuban civilians above them share triumph of the day.
  • Page number: 155
  • Photo number: 10-59
442. Spanish officers accompany tow U.S. officers, one of whom is almost surely Capt. Lloyd M. Brett, commanding Squadron C 2d Cavalry, which escorted General Shafter to the Surrender Tree.
  • Page number: 156
  • Photo number: 10-60
443. Surrendered Spanish solider march out of Santiago under arms.
  • Page number: 156
  • Photo number: 10-61
444. American officers inspect Fort Sties – in reality only a large blockhouse – behind the Spanish siege lines on the northeast outskirts of Santiago.
  • Page number: 157
  • Photo number: 11-1
445. After the conclusion of the siege American soldiers in the background at right examine a barbed-wire entanglement fronting a set of Spanish rifle pits.
  • Page number: 157
  • Photo number: 11-2
446. A Spanish blockhouse enclosed by a sandbagged parapet, strengthened by numerous traverses
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 11-3
447. A fortified Spanish observation tower near Santiago
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 11-4
448. The Sanitary Department's office in the city of Santiago
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 11-5
449. Santiago headquarters of the U.S. Signal Corps.
  • Page number: 159
  • Photo number: 11-6
450. Famished Cuban civilians turn out in Santiago for food distributed by the Americans.
  • Page number: 159
  • Photo number: 11-7
451. During the occupation of Santiago, the Army embarked on road-building and improvement projects.

Seen here is the San Juan battlefield.

  • Page number: 160
  • Photo number: 11-8
452. Road construction at Boniato near Santiago
  • Page number: 160
  • Photo number: 11-9
453. With the surrender of the Spanish forces in and around Santiago, Americans found themselves encumbered with outdated war materiel, such as these smoothbore artillery tubes and shells.
  • Page number: 161
  • Photo number: 11-10
454. In the background, Col. Leonard Wood of the Rough Riders raises the American flag at San José de las Lajas after the Spanish capitulation.
  • Page number: 162
  • Photo number: 11-11
455. American soldiers raise the American flag at Rowell Barracks in Guantánamo after taking possession on October 4, 1898.
  • Page number: 162
  • Photo number: 11-12
456. American troops embark on launchers which will shuttle them out to transports bound for the United States.
  • Page number: 163
  • Photo number: 11-13
457. Transfer of authority to the Americans at Pinar del Rio on January 1, 1899
  • Page number: 165
  • Photo number: 11-14
458. The final session of the Spanish-American Peace Commission in Paris, December 10, 1898.

Attendees (left to right) are: Senator William P. Frye; Secretary John B. Moore; Senator George Gray; Secretary Cushman K. Davis; Judge William R. Day; Hon. Whitelaw Reid; General Rafael Cerero y Síenz; Señor W. R. de Villaurrutia y Villaurrutia; Señor José Garnica; Señor B. De Abarzuza; Señor Montero Rios; interpreter Ferguson; and Sec. Emilio de Ojeda.

  • Page number: 166
  • Photo number: 11-15
459. The Surrender Tree seen here after the events, as it lies surrounded by a fence to discourage overzealous souvenir hunters
  • Page number: 167
  • Photo number: 12-1
460. Rear Admiral Sampson's flagship, the armored cruiser New York, leads the battleship Iowa and Oregon and (behind Oregon) the armored cruiser Brooklyn in the fleet review at New York City, August 20, 1898.
  • Page number: 167
  • Photo number: 12-2
461. The 1st Marine Battalion marches triumphantly through Portsmouth, New Hampshire, September 16, 1898.
  • Page number: 168
  • Photo number: 12-3
462. Admiral Cervera (right) , a prisoner of war, walks ashore at Portsmouth, New Hampshire, accompanied by a U.S. naval officer
  • Page number: 168
  • Photo number: 12-4
463. Hospitalized Spanish prisoners of war, Portsmouth, New Hampshire
  • Page number: 168
  • Photo number: 12-5
464. The steamship City of Rome, seen here off Kittery Point, Maine, transported former Spanish prisoners of war back to Spain in September 1898.
  • Page number: 169
  • Photo number: 12-6
465. U.S. dead from the Santiago Campaign are brought home for burial at Arlington Cemetery.
  • Page number: 170
  • Photo number: 12-7
466. The U.S. Army erected a simple obelisk adjacent to the old sundial at Sevilla as a memorial to those who lost their lives during the campaign's first battle at Las Guásimas.
  • Page number: 170
  • Photo number: 12-8
467. Memorial plaque erected to the memory of the slain Virginius prisoners
  • Page number: 171
  • Photo number: 12-10
468. Shrine to Cuban dead, Havana
  • Page number: 171
  • Photo number: 12-11
469. Plaque affixed to the face of the protected cruiser Olympia's forward turret circa 1900, commemorating the Battle of Manila Bay.
  • Page number: 172
  • Photo number: 12-12
470. Statue of Ens. Worth Bagley erected on Capitol Square in Raleigh, North Carolina
  • Page number: 172
  • Photo number: 12-13
471. Salvagers raise the sunken Spanish gunboat Sandoval at Guantánamo Bay, August 30, 1898.
  • Page number: 173
  • Photo number: 12-14
472. Salvaging the Spanish cruiser Reina Mercedes at Santiago, with Merritt's wrecking organization schooner F.R. Sharp alongside.
  • Page number: 173
  • Photo number: 12-15
473. Early stage of the salvage of the Maine on June 11, 1911.

The cofferdam construction is complete and pumping has just begun.

  • Page number: 174
  • Photo number: 12-16
474. Pumping proceeds on June 15 as the vessel's upperworks break the surface of the water.
  • Page number: 174
  • Photo number: 12-17
475. Now afloat, Maine stands ready to be towed out to sea on March 16, 1912.
  • Page number: 175
  • Photo number: 12-18
476. March 16, 1912.

A fascinated crowd watches as tugs tow out to sea the symbol of American indignation that led to the Spanish-American War.

  • Page number: 175
  • Photo number: 12-19
477. At 5:21 P.M., March 16, amid great ceremony, Maine slips beneath the waves four miles off the coast of Cuba in six hundred fathoms of water.
  • Page number: 176
  • Photo number: 12-20
478. Ceremonies at the monument honoring the battleship Maine at Havana, photographed in the late 1920s.

In the foreground are some of the firemen who carried the dead to the cemetery in 1898.

  • Page number: 176
  • Photo number: 12-21
Folder 17 Extras, c. 1898

Section: Academic Career and Course Materials

Folder 5 Ridgway Center Dedication, 1988
Folder 6 50th Anniversary of Korean War, 2003
Folder 7 Slides- African Americans in World War II, 1993
Folder 8-9 Slides- Civil War, undated
Folder 10-11 Slides- Native Americans, undated
Folder 12-13 Slides- Revolutionary War, undated
Folder 14 Slides- U.S. Navy Ships, undated
Folder 15-16 Slides- World War II, undated

Section: Vietnam War

Folder 18-21 Published Images, 1957 - 1972
1. The People's Republic of China, May 1951.

Vietnamese, Cambodian, and Laotian representatives meet in China to plan a united front against the French. Here, senior delegates from Vietnam and Cambodia exchange gifts.

  • Page number: 1
  • Photo number: 1-1
2. The French aircraft carrier Arromanches steams in the Gulf of Tonkin during the struggle to maintain control over Indochina.
  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-2
3. French coastal patrol vessels ply a river in Vietnam.
  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-3
4. French and Vietnamese forces advance inland during Operation Camarque on Vietnam's central coast on August 25, 1953.
  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-4
5. Washington, late March 1954.

General Paul Ely (center), French Armed Forces Chief of Staff, shares a cordial moment with President Eisenhower (left) and Admiral Arthur W. Radford (right), chairman of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff. (See also photograph 1-8)

  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-5
6. Refugee fishermen flee to the South from communist-controlled North Vietnam.
  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-6
7. Immigrant from the North served to strengthen the already conservative populace of the South.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-7
8. U.S. ambassador Donald Heath joins Saigon mayor Ngo Dinh Diem in 1954 in welcoming the 100,000th northern refugee to freedom in the South.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-8
9. Vietnam, May 1954.

President Ho Chi Minh with two children who presented him with flowers. "Uncle Ho" loved to be photographed with children, although in conducting national affairs he easily shed this avuncular veneer.

  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-9
10. Stern-faced victors and vanquished.

Following the French collapse at Dien Bien Phu in 1954, a French commander turns over his garrison to a representative of the Democratic Republic of Vietnam.

  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-10
11. President Diem enjoys a cruise on a river patrol vessel following the defeat of the Binh Xuyen sect in 1955.

Although Vietnamese man the vessel, American and British military observes are present in the stern.

  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-11
12. President Diem and General J. Lawton Collins discuss the Saigon situation at Independence Palace on May 13 1955.
  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-12
13. Ho Chi Minh arrives in Warsaw, Poland, for an official state visit.

Beside him to his right is Polish Chief of State Alexander Zawadski.

  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-13
14. Ho Chi Minh curries favor with President Sukarno of Indonesia during a state visit on March 10, 1959.
  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-14
15. A woman crushes rice as Vietnamese peasants have for centuries.
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 2-1
16. A member of the 9th Infantry Division and a Vietnamese scout talk with a peasant family during a mission south of Thou Tan Island.
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 2-2
17. A Montagnard elder says a prayer before a sacrificial altar during a ceremony where the various Montagnard villages pledge loyalty to the Vietnamese central government.
  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 2-3
18. Church services in the village of Binh Hung, a locality with a large Chinese population.
  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 2-4
19. A young girl from a mission school in Bien Hoa province sits in the lap of Charles M. Muscat.
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 2-5
20. Vietnamese orphans, whose parents were killed by Vietcong forces – one who lost a limb in an ambush, and two polio victims.
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 2-6
21. During the mid-1960s, uniformed students parade in Hanoi carrying a portrait of Ho Chi Minh.
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 2-7
22. A portion of the Mekong Delta between My Tho and Vinh Long.
  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 2-8
23. The monsoon rains flood the streets of Chau Doc City in the Mekong Delta, 120 miles southwest of Saigon.
  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 2-9
24. Civilians in Long An province assist regional forces in crossing one of that area's countless streams.
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 2-10
25. SP4 William Langley of the 11th Armored Cavalry peers through the elephant grass near Fire Support Base Henderson.
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 2-11
26. Movement across country proved difficult in the rice paddies.
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 2-12
27. The mountainous terrain near Fire Support Base Action, seen on October 20, 1969.
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 2-13
28. Mountains seen from a guard tower at Fire Support Base Debbie near Duc Pho.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 2-14
29. A small village outside Tra-On in the Mekong Delta.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 2-15
30. A French-style house in the city of Can Tho in the heart of the Mekong Delta.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 2-16
31. A Buddhist temple in Can Tho.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 2-17
32. Hué, the old imperial Vietnamese capital, was a typically curious mixture of the very old and very new.
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 2-18
33. Saigon, seen here on December 7, 1966.
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 2-19
34. The view up Le Loi Avenue in Saigon, The Hotel Caravelle is the tall building to the right.
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 2-20
35. Formerly, the Opera House during French rule, this building became the Chamber of Deputies after Independence and then a cultural center under the communists.
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 2-21
36. Independence Palace.
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 2-22
37. Interminable traffic jams made a lasting impression on Americans stationed in Saigon.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 2-23
38. "Rush hour" in Hanoi in 1965.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 2-24
39. Ho Chi Minh, president of communist North Vietnam, shown here in July 1957.
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 3-1
40. Maj. Gen. Tran Van Tra, Deputy Commander-in-Chief of the communist Liberation Army of South Vietnam.

He was also a Central Committee member of the Lao Dong Party.

  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 3-2
41. Brig. Gen. Tran Do, Deputy Commander-in-Chief of the Liberation Army of South Vietnam.
  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 3-3
42. General Vo Nguyen Giap (right), North Vietnamese vice-premier and minister of National Defense, chats with members of the People's Army in December 1965.

Lt. Gen. Van Tien Dung, chief of the General Staff of the People's Army trails behind.

  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 3-4
43. President Ngo Dinh Diem with American Maj. Gen. Matthew H. Deichelmann during Air Force Day ceremonies in Saigon in June 1958.
  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 3-5
44. Nguyen Van Thieu, president of South Vietnam, answers questions at a press conference in June 1969.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 3-6
45. Nguyen Cao Ky, premier of South Vietnam.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 3-7
46. Dwight D. Eisenhower, President of the United States.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 3-8
47. John F. Kennedy, President of the United States.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 3-9
48. President of the United States Lyndon B. Johnson (right) confers with Dean Rusk, his secretary of State.
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 3-10
49. Robert S. McNamara, secretary of defense under Presidents Kennedy and Johnson
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 3-11
50. Johnson administration National Security Advisor McGeorge Bundy.
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 3-12
51. President Richard M. Nixon visits with troops during July 1971.
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 3-13
52. Nixon administration secretary of Defense Melvin Laird answers questions from the press.
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 3-14
53. Elliot L. Richardson, Melvin Laird's successor as secretary of Defense.
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 3-15
54. A Marine helicopter pilot airlifts South Vietnamese Army personnel during a strike against the Vietcong in May 1952.
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 4-1
55. Vietnamese soldiers train in the field during May 1962.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 4-2
56. A South Vietnamese soldier shows the flag during operations against the Vietcong during the summer of 1962.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 4-3
57. A Vietnamese infantryman searches for Vietcong insurgents during June 1962.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 4-4
58. The search is successful and nets four glum Vietcong prisoners.
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 4-5
59. President John F. Kennedy (left) looks on while Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy (right) administers the oath of office to General Maxwell D. Taylor as chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff on October 1, 1962.
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 4-6
60. An L-19 Army reconnaissance aircraft fuels at Vinh Long airstrip on February 21, 1963.
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 4-7
61. In late February 1963, a South Vietnamese soldier cleans his Thompson M-1A1 submachine gun.
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 4-8
62. American advisor 1st Lt. Joseph G. Cincotti instructs some troops in the use of map and compass prior to an exercise during March 1963.
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 4-9
63. Lt. Joe M. Clement, an advisor to the 7th ARVN Infantry Division, distributes leaflets and pictures to South Vietnamese civilians near the ARVN training area.
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 4-10
64. April 1963.

American advisor Maj. Allan W. Galfund photographed these Vietnamese marines trudging wearily back to trap a Vietcong battalion in the Plain of Reeds area, deep in the Mekong Delta region.

  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 4-11
65. A monument erected near downtown Hué commemorates the death of Buddhist monks killed by President Diem's troops in June 1963.
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 4-12
66. Strike force billets at the Vietnamese Special Forces Camp in An Diem during the summer of 1963.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 4-13
67. President Johnson and General William C. Westmoreland in the White House Rose Garden.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 4-14
68. Saigon, July 21, 1964.

The Navy Band of the Republic of South Vietnam plays during welcoming ceremonies for the USS Oklahoma City (CLG-5), which had assumed its duties as flagship of the Seventh Fleet two weeks before. On board was Vice Adm. Roy L. Johnson, Commander-in-Chief, U.S. Seventh Fleet.

  • Page number: 30
  • Photo number: 4-15
69. Correspondent David Horowitz of NBC News interviews Admiral Johnson, who has just arrived on his first goodwill visit to Saigon.
  • Page number: 30
  • Photo number: 4-16
70. Destroyer Maddox (DD-731) on patrol in the Far East during 1964.
  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 4-17
71. North Vietnamese Swatow gunboat under way off the coast of Vietnam, close to its top speed of 28 knots.

The armament of these Chinese-made craft included depth charges and 37mm and 14.5mm guns. They also carried surface-search radar.

  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 4-18
72. Capt. John J. Herrick (left), commander of the Ticonderoga during the North Vietnamese torpedo attacks on August 2 and 4, 1964.

At right stands Cmdr. Herbert L. Ogier, captain of Maddox.

  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 4-19
73. Lt. Cmdr. Dempster M. Jackson, executive officer of Maddox, casts an indignant scowl toward the camera as he stands behind a protruding enemy round that struck the ship's Mark 56 fire director pedestal during the North Vietnamese attack on August 2.
  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 4-20
74. USS Midway (CVA-41) steams in the South China Sea off Vietnam during the Gulf of Tonkin crisis.
  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 4-21
75. A Douglas A-4C Skyhawk catapults from an air craft carrier during operations in the Gulf of Tonkin.
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 4-22
76. Action in the Gulf of Tonkin, August 5, 1964.

A Swatow gunboat and P-4 motor torpedo boat come under attack by U.S. carrier aircraft during operation Pierce Arrow retaliatory strikes that followed attacks on Maddox.

  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 4-23
77. A Sawtow lies dead in the water, leaking fuel, following an air strike by U.S. Navy aircraft on August 5.
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 4-24
78. American leaders who assessed the impact and implications of events in the Gulf of Tonkin – (left to right) Maxwell D. Taylor, who in June 1964 had replaced Henry Cabot Lodge as ambassador to South Vietnam; Dean C. Rusk, secretary of State; President Lyndon B. Johnson; and Robert S. McNamara, secretary of Defense.
  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 4-25
79. The Caravelle Hotel in downtown Saigon.
  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 4-26
80. Vietnamese police escort an American serviceman injured in the explosion that partially destroyed the 4th, 5th, and 6th floors of the Caravelle Hotel on August 25, 1964.
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 4-27
81. Armed with an M-1 carbine Infantry advisor Capt. Don Christensen leads an ARVN machine-gun crew through a rice paddy on August 27, 1964.
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 4-28
82. 4 October 1964.

A South Vietnamese Ranger searches the body of a Vietcong guerrilla killed in a government operation against the communists near Ca Mau, 40 miles southwest of Saigon.

  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 4-29
83. Vietcong corpses gathered for burial at Ca Mau.
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 4-30
84. Commander Chon, River Force Commander, and Lt. Gen. John L. Throckmorton view a River Force demonstration in October 1964.
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 4-31
85. General William C. Westmoreland and Ambassador Maxwell Taylor visit Bien Hoa Air Base on November 1 in the wake of a Vietcong mortar attack.
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 4-32
86. The White House, December 1, 1964.

President Johnson meets with Robert McNamara and Maxwell Taylor to discuss the situation in Vietnam.

  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 4-33
87. The Joint Chiefs of Staff on February 2, 1965.

Seated (left to right) are Admiral David L. McDonald, CNO; General Earle G. Wheeler, Chairman; General Harold K. Johnson, Army Chief. Standing are (left to right) General John P. McConnell, Air Force Chief; General Wallace M. Greene, Commandant USMC.

  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 4-34
88. Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara briefs newsmen on February 7, 1965 concerning Operation Flaming Dart.
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 4-35
89. McGeorge Bundy, Special Assistant to President Johnson for National Security Affairs, inspects damage to American compounds in Dar Lac province on February 7 in the wake of Vietcong attacks.
  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 4-36
90. Marines of the 9th Marine Expeditionary Brigade splash ashore at Da Nang.
  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 4-37
91. Marine defensive positions at Da Nang. Here men of F Company 2d Battalion, 12th Marines, man a 105mm howitzer position.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 4-38
92. The Marine buildup continues as the men of Battalion Landing Team 2/3 hit the beach at Da Nang on April 10, 1965.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 4-39
93. Under Secretary of State George W. Ball.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 4-40
94. Two RF-101 Voodoos take off on a photoreconnaissance mission form Tan Son Nhut Air Base.

Note the wreckage of an aircraft at center.

  • Page number: 41
  • Photo number: 4-41
95. A low-flying RF-101 casts its shadow on a bombed –out bridge 15 miles north of the DMZ on April 22, 1965.
  • Page number: 41
  • Photo number: 4-42
96. Operation Rolling Thunder begins.

A Martin B-57 Canberra releases one of its bombs over North Vietnam in March 1965.

  • Page number: 41
  • Photo number: 4-43
97. B-52 bombers, having flown 12 hours from Guam drop their loads of 750-pound and 1,000-pound bombs on July 7, 1965.
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-44
98. Craters made by B-52 saturation bombing on War Zone D.
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-45
99. Napalm/phosphorous bombs dropped by a Vietnamese Air Force A-1E Skyraider fighter-bomber devastate a Vietcong insurgent military camp hidden in the trees south of Can Tho in Phong Dinh province.
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 4-46
100. Low-level reconnaissance photograph taken by a U. S. Air Force plane in August 1965 reveals an SA-2 surface-to-air (SAM) missile battery prepared by the North Vietnamese.
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-47
101. After being awarded Distinguished Flying Crosses, F-4 pilots of the 45th Tactical Fighter Squadron celebrate the first MiG kills of the Vietnam War on July 7, 1965.

From the left;1st Lt. George Larsen, Capt. Ronald C. Anderson, Capt. Kenneth D. Holcombe (partially hidden), Capt. Thomas S. Roberts, Maj. Richard Hall, Capt. Arthur C. Clark, and Capt. Wilbur Anderson.

  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-48
102. Prior to takeoff in his F-1000 fighter-bomber, 1st Lt. James D. Kempton of the 481st Tactical Fighter Squadron dons his flight suit at Tan Son Nhut Air Base in September 1965.
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-49
103. November 1965.

Lt. Col. Gerald Beisner Commanding Officer, 558th Tactical Fighter Squadron, prepares to climb out of the front cockpit of his F4C, while 1st Lt. Charles T. Jaglinski has already made an exit. Their squadron was equipped with the first camouflaged F-C4c to arrive in Vietnam.

  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-50
104. An F-100 Super Sabre drops a pair of 500-pound general purpose bombs on a Vietcong target in the Mekong Delta during air activity in late December 1965.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-51
105. Crewmen on board Kitty Hawk (CVA-63) wheel three 250-pound bombs on the flight deck during loading operations.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-52
106. Four aircraft carriers from Task Force 77 and their accompanying screen.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-53
107. Primary Flight Control on Ranger.

Men observe flight operations during the kickoff of Rolling Thunder.

  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-54
108. An A-4C on Carol Sea (CVA-43) awaits the signal for takeoff during late March 1965.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-55
109. An F-8 Crusader fires a Zuni rocket into a Vietcong target in the South.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-56
110. The universal descriptive pantomime of the fighter pilot.

Cmdr. Lowell R. Myers describes his MiG-21 kill over Vinh Son while flying an F-8 Crusader.

  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-57
111. Men standing near the Landing Signal Officer's console on Constellation (CVA-64) watch intently as an A-4C descends toward the flight deck. Note the lowered tail-hook.
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-58
112. Medical personnel collect dead and wounded in the wake of a Vietcong attack on Bien Hoa Air Base on May 16, 1965.

An A-1E Skyraider is in the background. A-1s were workhorses, often providing closes air support and cover for downed pilots during rescue missions.

  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-59
113. Secretary of Defense McNamara arrives in Vietnam in late April 1965, greeted on his arrival by his South Vietnamese counterpart, Gen. Nguyen Huu Co. U.S. Deputy Ambassador U. Alexis Johnson stands at center.
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-60
114. A Navy hospital corpsman lends aid to a man wounded in the March 30, 1965, attack on the U.S. embassy.
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-61
115. Vietnamese and American civilians lie on stretchers after sustaining injuries during the Vietcong attack on the U.S. embassy in Saigon on March 30, 1965.
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-62
116. Ordnance, signal, and medical specialists of the Army's 1st Logistical Command disembark from General J.C. Breckenridge (AP-176), boarding an LCU in preparation for the short trip into the beach area at Vung Tau on July 12, 1965.
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-63
117. Men clamber off the LCU at Vung Tau. A LARC-5 lies in the background at right.
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-64
118. While touring the 3d Marine Division operating area near Da Nang during August 1965, Secretary of Defense McNamara and General Westmoreland visits with General Thi, I Corps Commander.
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-65
119. Former vice president Richard M. Nixon says good-bye to American and South Vietnamese officers before his departure from Da Nang.
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-66
120. Here on September 14, 1965, the 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile) boards landing craft off Qui Nhon.

The View looks down the starboard side of Boxer (CVA-21).

  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-67
121. On October 1, 1965, Sgt. W.R. Melton of the 2d Platoon, D Company, 9th Marines, talks to villagers about Vietcong activity in their area.
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 4-68
122. Soldiers representing a cross-section of their native land decorate their Christmas tree at Tan Son Nhut Air Base in the waning days of 1965.

Left to right, the men are: PFC Raymond R. Schultz of Red Bluff, California; SP4 Glenn A. Rasmussen of LaGrange, Illinois; and SP5 Carlos Lopez of Brooklyn, New York.

  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 4-69
123. The elusive Vietcong – North Vietnam's primary asset in the war against the South and its allies.
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 5-1
124. Typical Vietcong items found in a North Vietnamese base camp.
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 5-2
125. A North Vietnamese soldier (left) and a Vietcong guerrilla dig in at a bunker position.
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 5-3
126. North Vietnamese Army regulars on parade in Hanoi during the 1960s.
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 5-4
127. This cache of Vietcong/North Vietnamese weapons captured by the 2d Battalion, Royal Australian Regiment during February 1968 illustrates the wide range of weapons used by the communist forces.
  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 5-5
128. Vietcong small arms displayed at a defensive position near Lai Khe on January 8, 1968.
  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 5-6
129. Captured weapons seized during fighting near Tan Son Nhut Air Base in Saigon in May 1968.
  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 5-7
130. U.S. forces operating just off the coast of Vietnam recovered these supplies from a gun-running trawler.
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 5-8
131. Entrance to a Vietcong tunnel complex.
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 5-9
132. View of a bamboo punji pit designed to injure the ankle rather than to puncture the sole of the foot.
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 5-10
133. A bamboo whip, designed to be released by a trip wire.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-11
134. A death fall improvised from a 55-gallon oil drum.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-12
135. The Vietcong used a variety of everyday objects – in this case, a book to make booby traps.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-13
136. These empty drink cans were filled with grenades.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-14
137. A Soviet-built T54 tank sits along highway QL-9 after ARVN forces immobilize it in 1972.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-15
138. A Mikoyan-Gurevich MiG-17, similar to those used by the North Vietnamese Air Force.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-16
139. The American infantryman was the mainstay of the allied military effort to maintain the independence of South Vietnam.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-17
140. A soldier clutched his M-14 rifle during a search-and-destroy mission near Bien Hoa in October 1965.

Note the two magazines taped together.

  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 5-18
141. PFC Michael J. Mendoza fires his M-16A1 rifle during Operation Cook in Quang Ngai province.
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 5-19
142. A Marine sniper attached to the 4th Marine Headquarters Company aims at a target through his 3x9 scope mounted on a 30.06 sniper rifle.
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 5-20
143. SSgt. Herbert Suloff demonstrates grenade-throwing techniques for newly arrived troops of the 9th Infantry Division.
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-21
144. A soldier at Fire Base Abby fires an M-60 general purpose machine gun in January 27, 1970.
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-22
145. SP4 Donald Krug prepares to fire his M-79 40mm grenade launcher at an outpost on the outskirts of Saigon in December 1968.
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-23
146. A soldier demonstrates the use of an M-7 flamethrower during a Combat Indoctrination Course at Lai Khe.
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-24
147. During Operation Somerset Plain in August 1968, men of the 101st Airborne Division set up their M-19 81mm mortar on Landing Zone Tabat.
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-25
148. Members of the 505th Infantry, 82d Airborne Division, fire a round from their M-30 4.2-inch mortar at Fire Support Base Harrison.
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-26
149. Fragmentation hand grenades, claymore mines, and red and white flares belonging to a reconnaissance platoon of the 101st Airborne Division.
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-27
150. A gun crew of the 101st Cavalry Division (Airmobile) fires their M-114 155mm howitzer northeast of An Khe in Binh Dinh province.
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-28
151. An American M-48A3 medium tank. Note the xenon searchlight.

During road-clearing operations a mine explosion blew off its tracks.

  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-29
152. 4th Cavalry M-551 Sheridan light tanks from the 25th Infantry Division at Cu Chi.
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 5-30
153. An M-113 armored personnel carrier of the 4th Infantry Division moves through the jungles of Vietnam during June 1969.
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 5-31
154. M-109A1 self-propelled 155mm howitzer at Fire Support Base Washington near Cu Chi.
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 5-32
155. Quadruple .50-caliber machine-gun mounted on a 2-1/2 ton truck being test-fired at Pleiku during August 1967.
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-33
156. A LARC of the 1st Logistical Command backs into the surf at Duc Pho.
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-34
157. An Army RPC (River Patrol Craft) noses onto the shore in Gia Dinh province.
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-35
158. T-28B fighter-bombers on the flight line at Bien Hoa Air Base
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-36
159. A U.S. Air Force 0-1 Bird Dog observation aircraft taxies out to the runway at Lai Khe.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-37
160. In the dusk of early evening an AC-47 fires at a ground target.

This type of aircraft is the famous "Puff the Magic Dragon." Not the tracer at lower right.

  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-38
161. Ground crews direct U.S. Air Force A-1E Skyraiders from their parking areas at Pleiku in November 1966.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-39
162. An excellent thee-quarter view of an OV-10 Bronco in flight over Southeast Asia during the last days of December 1968.

The Bronco was used for reconnaissance and to direct air attacks, but it was also armed with guns and rockets to attack ground targets.

  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-40
163. At Da Nang Air Base, a U.S. Marine A-6 attack aircraft stands ready for takeoff on April 8, 1969.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-41
164. The A-37 Dragonfly provided the South Vietnamese Air Force with much of its offensive punch in the last years of the war.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-42
165. A camouflaged Martin B-57 Canberra bomber parked at Tan Son Nhut Air Base near Saigon in May 1967.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-43
166. A B-52 bomber takes off from its base in Guam to attack Vietcong targets during Operation Rolling Thunder in August 1965.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-44
167. F-100 Super Sabre fighters with the 90th Tactical Fighter Squadron at Bien Hoa.
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-45
168. Its bomb load shackled in place, this F-105 Thunderchief stands ready for action on November 14, 1965.
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-46
169. Crews guide a USAF F-4C Phantom out of its revetment at Cam Ranh Bay in June 1967.
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-47
170. Fitted with a variety of camera equipment, the F-101 Voodoo served well in its tactical reconnaissance role.
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-48
171. A Lockheed C-130 transport at an air base in Southeast Asia.
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-49
172. Two Sidewinder air-to-air heat-seeking missiles mounted under the wing of an F-105 fighter bomber.
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-50
173. A2C William B. Brotton and SSgt. Raymond R. Janek load a Sparrow air-to-air radar-homing missile onto an F-4C of the 555th Tactical Fighter Squadron.
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-51
174. Naval ordnance personnel board an aircraft carrier hoist a Bullpup air-to-ground missile onto an A-4 Skylark.

The missile carried a 1,000 pound payload.

  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-52
175. A Shrike air-to-ground missile undergoes testing with the Navy during 1963.
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 5-53
176. Bombs and rockets arrive from the magazine of the aircraft carrier Ranger (CVA-64) off Southeast Asia.
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 5-54
177. The Navy's Walleye glide bomb was guided by television cameras.
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 5-55
178. The AH-1G Cobra attack helicopter was the mainstay of the U.S. Army's aerial offensive capability.
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 5-56
179. A U.S. Navy UH-1D in the Binh Thuy area.
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 5-57
180. Front view of the XM-21 weapon system mounted on a UH-1D helicopter.

The pack consisted of a seven-round rocket pod and an M-134 high-rate machine gun.

  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 5-58
181. A CH-54A Flying Crane with cargo pod removed sits on the landing pad at Khe San where it served the 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile).
  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 5-59
182. A CH-47 Chinook helicopter prepares to leave after disgorging its cargo of men and supplies in the Cay Giep mountains.
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 5-60
183. An H-21 light cargo helicopter during airlift operations in the vicinity of Ap Truang Hoa, 70 miles southwest of Saigon.An H-21 light cargo helicopter during airlift operations in the vicinity of Ap Truang Hoa, 70 miles southwest of Saigon.

Note the crew chief at the door observing the ground below for enemy fire.

  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 5-61
184. With its 7.62mm miniguns for defense, the HH-53B Super Jolly Green Giant helicopter was used effectively in rescue and recovery operations over both South and North Vietnam.
  • Page number: 71
  • Photo number: 5-62

Box Photo 4
Folder 1-5 Published Images, 1962 - 1995
185. American officials and diplomats meet with South Vietnamese Prime Minister Nguyen Cao Ky during January 15, 1966.

Pictured (left to right) are: Prime Minister Ky; Dean Rusk, U.S. Secretary of State; and Henry Cabot Lodge, U.S. ambassador.

  • Page number: 72
  • Photo number: 6-1
186. January 25, 1966.

Artillery troops of the 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile) deploy their howitzer near Bong Son during Operation Masher. Note the CH-47 Chinook helicopters.

  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 6-2
187. PFC George J. Pignatore, a medic with the 7th Cavalry, holds a compress gingerly against his chest, having been wounded during Operation Masher on January 25.
  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 6-3
188. Terrified civilians in Bong Son undergo questioning by troops of the 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile).

At the time, troops were detaining large numbers of suspected Vietcong.

  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 6-4
189. A CH-47 Chinook disgorges a portion of the 1st Cavalry Division's 3d Brigade into a secured landing zone on a mountain ridge during the first week of January 1966.
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-5
190. Finally cornering a number of Vietcong guerrillas after three days of operations, soldiers of the 7th Cavalry fire into a Vietcong bunker near Bong Son.
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-6
191. Ten days into Operation Masher, PFC Lee A. Bilbrey finally gets a bath and a "helmet shower" after his unit was relieved from operations.
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-7
192. Radio operator PFC Ira B. Rolston sounds the call from a Vietcong bugle (captured during the la Drang Valley fight) for his platoon to advance down the mountain toward their valley objective during Operation Masher.
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-8
193. President Johnson and Premier Ky talk informally during a conference of American and South Vietnamese leaders held in Honolulu during February 1966.

President Thieu is seated on Johnson's left, while Admiral U.S. Grant Sharp sits across the table facing the president.

  • Page number: 75
  • Photo number: 6-9
194. Crew Chief SP4 James M. Ralph of the 229th Helicopter Assault Battalion fires his M-60 machine gun into a Vietcong position marked minutes earlier by a red smoke grenade, on March 16, 1966.
  • Page number: 75
  • Photo number: 6-10
195. Confusion reigns in Saigon after the Victoria Hotel was bombed on April 1, 1966.
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-11
196. PFC Frederick Culp of the 1st Infantry Division holds his weapon above water while crossing a river during a search-and-destroy mission east of Saigon, near Long Tranh, in the wake of the Victoria Hotel bombing.
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-12
197. On April 14, 1966, Buddhists move away from a temple to begin a parade through the city in celebration of the government's decision to permit free elections in the near future.
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-13
198. September 11, 1966.

The South Vietnamese vote to elect an assembly to draw up a constitution for their country. Here, President Thieu departs after voting at the polls in the City Hall in downtown Saigon.

  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-14
199. A Vietnamese policeman and soldier monitor activity at the entry to a polling place located at a primary school in Saigon.
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-15
200. Lance Cpl. Charles Hill assists Sgt. Lee Jankes as he fires his M-60 machine gun at North Vietnamese troops on Hill Hui-Cray-Tre during Operation Prairie near the DMZ on 30 September 1966.
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-16
201. Marines of the 3d Division approach a church while on patrol during Operation Prairie near the DMZ on October 27.
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-17
202. Troops of M Company, 3d Battalion, 3d Marines, embark on board a CH-46 Sea Knight after making a sweep through the DMZ during Operation Prairie.
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-18
203. President Johnson visits Vietnam. He, General Westmoreland, and President Thieu pay their respects during the playing of the Vietnamese National Anthem on October 26, 1966.
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-19
204. Men of the 1st Infantry Division exit a CH-47 Chinook helicopter, climbing down a rope ladder on January 8, 1967, the first day of Operation Cedar Falls, the first allied corps-sized offensive effort of 1967.
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-20
205. A soldier's grimace during his 100-foot descent from a CH-47 testifies to the difficulty of that task.
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-21
206. Operation Junction City., late February 1967.

Troops in an M-113 armored personnel carrier stop at a bridge in Tay Ninh Province.

  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-22
207. PFC Craig Yockey from Fresno, California, of the 5th Cavalry, uses his time off during Operation Junction City to make friends with Davey Detail, the unit's mascot.
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-23
208. Members of the 101st Airborne Division wait to unload their vehicles from LST-178 on May 2, 1967, during Operation Oregon.
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-24
209. Airborne troops trudge onto the sand near Duc Pho, commencing Operation Oregon.

Note the variety of equipment and armament carried including the M-16 rifle and M-60 machine gun.

  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-25
210. Inland and west of Duc Pho, a UH-1B helicopter lifts men from a platoon of the 1st Cavalry Division (airmobile) into an area where a suspected Vietcong outpost is located.
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-26
211. Men of Troop B, 1st Reconnaissance Squadron, 9th Cavalry, 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile), during Operation Oregon.

One points in the direction of a supposed suspected Vietcong position. Smoke canisters hang from the radio carried by the soldier at left. These were used to mark troop positions during air attacks and helicopter extractions.

  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-27
212. Members of a reconnaissance platoon observe the results of concentrated artillery fire on a suspected enemy position west of Duc Pho.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-28
213. During Operation Oregon, soldiers from the 25th Infantry Division question a group of passive villagers about Vietcong that are suspected to be in the vicinity.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-29
214. Men of the 25th Infantry Division wade across a shallow stream during Operation Baker on June 109, 1967.

This and the next four photos were taken by SSgt. Howard C. Breedlove, who accompanied the troops on the operation.

  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-30
215. Troops advance cautiously through a bombed-out village in Quang Tri province during Operation Baker.
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-31
216. 2d Lt. Michael J. Pulaski (3d Platoon leader, Company A 2d Battalion, 35th Infantry, 3d Brigade, 25th Infantry Division) briefs his squad leaders on the patrol routes they will take during their search for communist forces.
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-32
217. PFC Harlan Slusser leaves a suspected enemy bunker after completing his search during Operation Baker.
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-33
218. Lieutenant Pulaski's platoon moves out and advances over a dry rice paddy.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-34
219. A Sea Stallion helicopter from Marine Heavy Helicopter Squadron 463 brings an emergency resupply of 105 mm howitzer ammunition for the guns of 11th Marine.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-35
220. On August 31, 1967, a river patrol craft on the right and a monitor on the left protect a construction "convoy" as it travels down the Song Vam Co Tay River to Tan An.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-36
221. With construction supplies unloaded from the river boat, a soldier takes time to relax with this harmonica.
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-37
222. Vice President Hubert Humphrey, General Westmoreland, and Lt. Gen. Robert E. Cushman, Marine commander in Vietnam, salute the men of the 3d Marine Division during ceremonies and presentation of decoration on November 1, 1967.
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-38
223. Operation Bang Dong, November 32, 1967.

Members of the 7th Infantry, 199th Light Infantry Brigade, prepare to search boats that were traveling down a wide canal.

  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-39
224. Maj. Paul J. Gilmore (left) and 1st Lt. William T. Smith (right) of the 480th Tactical Fighter Squadron pose for an air force photographer in front of F-4C 64-0752 on the occasion of their being the first U.S. Air Force crews to shoot down a MiG-21.

Note the victory star over Smith's head.

  • Page number: 86
  • Photo number: 6-40
225. Hanoi, June 29, 1966. Oil storage facilities go up in flames in the wake of an American bombing attack.
  • Page number: 86
  • Photo number: 6-41
226. An air hero of two wars – Korea and Vietnam – Col. James Jabra prepares a postflight report documenting his fighter-bombing mission over Vietnam on July 18, 1966.
  • Page number: 86
  • Photo number: 6-42
227. A reconnaissance photograph shows three Russian-built MiG-17s behind protective revetments at Phuc Yen field, 20 miles northwest of Hanoi.

U.S. pilots were frustrated that they were not permitted to attack the airfields.

  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 6-43
228. A North Vietnamese MiG-17 disintegrates under 20mm cannon fire from an F-105D of the 34th Tactical Fighter Squadron on August 13, 1966.
  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 6-44
229. Gregory "Pappy" Boyington, top-scoring Marine ace of Pacific War fame, poses for a photograph with the men of his old squadron.
  • Page number: 87
  • Photo number: 6-45
230. Plumes from the explosions of 750-pound bombs dropped by F-105 Thunderchiefs blossom skyward from the Xuan Mai Army Barracks and Supply Center during an attack on April 19, 1967.
  • Page number: 88
  • Photo number: 6-46
231. F-105 Thunderchief pilots delivered their ordnance onto Hanoi's railyard car repair and storage facility, 2-1/4 miles northeast of the city center during May 1967.
  • Page number: 88
  • Photo number: 6-47
232. Col. Robin Olds, a fighter pilot whose career extended back to the Second World War, examines ordnance mounted under the wing of his F-4C prior to a mission over Vietnam in 1967.

This aircraft is loaded for an air-to-ground mission. Often, the F-4s would load up with air-to-air missiles to fly MiG cover for the air-to-ground missions.

  • Page number: 88
  • Photo number: 6-48
233. Col. Jack M. Broughton Deputy Commander of the 355th Tactical Fighter Squadron, congratulates F-105 ("Thud") pilot Maj. William J. Bailey, who has just returned form his 100th mission over Vietnam.

Bailey donned a portion of his World War II flight gear to mark the occasion.

  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 6-49
234. Maj. Ralph L. Kuster of the 13th Tactical Fighter Squadron races toward an enemy MiG-17 at 200 knots closure speed during a wild dogfight over North Vietnam on June 3, 1967.
  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 6-50
235. An F-100 cuts loose a salvo of folding-fin rockets into a Vietcong position in South Vietnam during July 1967.
  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 6-51
236. North Vietnamese military personnel and civilians savor the moment as they parade a recently shot down American aviator into captivity.
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 6-52
237. Manacled together, two American fliers are put on display before angry, jeering North Vietnamese during July 1967, prior to their delivery to authorities for interrogation.

Supported by his compatriot, the man at right appears dazed and injured.

  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 6-53
238. His broken right arm and multiple burns eliciting no sympathy from the crowds, Lt. David C, Rehman is paraded before a hostile North Vietnamese public.
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 6-54
239. American prisoner of war Navy Lt. Paul Galanti provides a very much coached and coerced film interview.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 6-55
240. Empty shell casings from the 8-inch guns of Newport News (CA-128) litter the heavy cruiser's forecastle during bombardment in support of I Corps Marines in the DMZ during the latter months of 1967.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 6-56
241. On board the aircraft carrier Canberra (CAG-2), sailors in the plotting room work out a firing solution for a target on the Vietnamese shore.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 6-57
242. Smoke and flame belch from the 6-inch guns of Galveston (CLG-3) as six more shells hurtle toward a target in Vietnam.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 6-58
243. Welcome to Vietnam.

Newly arrived troops disembark from an aircraft at Cam Ranh Bay's 14th Aerial Port.

  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 7-1
244. Arrivals from Tan Son Nhut Air Base ride by bus to the 90th Replacement Battalion at Long Binh Post.
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-2
245. Troops arrive from their bus ride at the 90th Replacement Battalion reception station.
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-3
246. Processing begins at Long Binh with a stack of forms.
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-4
247. Men of the 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile) draw equipment from the Central Issue Facility of the 266 Supply and Service Battalion at Long Binh.
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-5
248. A Navy Seabee muscles a load of concrete during construction at Chu Lai.
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-6
249. Cam Ranh Bay's South Beach, seen here in a view looking north in June 1966.
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-7
250. A panorama of the gasoline tank farm facility at Cam Ranh Bay.

When American first joined the war, there were almost no runways in the region that could support American aircraft. A massive building effort was necessary.

  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-8
251. The deep water port and property disposal operation at Da Nang.
  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-9
252. Military Police escort travelers through the village of An Phu.
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-10
253. A convoy moves along the road leading to Duc Pho from Chu Lai.
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-11
254. An aerial view of Fire Support Base Sedgwick of the 25th Infantry Division located near Cu Chi, seen on August 11, 1969.
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-12
255. Land clearing operations at Fire Base Eunice.
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-13
256. Sand-bagged buildings at Fire Support Base Black Hawk.

Note the barbed wire obstruction in the distance.

  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-14
257. View of Fire Base Jerre showing dugouts and tents used as living quarters in December 1969.
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-15
258. The open-air briefing "room" at Fire Base Sabre.
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-16
259. Thomas Brides of the 119th Light Infantry prepares a meal for the men of his unit at Fire Support Base Eagle.

Admiring his handiwork are (left to right) SP4 Larry Simple and SP4 Willie Rose.

  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-17
260. Sgt. Ed Densen of the 27th Infantry, 25th Infantry Division, opens a pack of C-ration cocoa at the end of the day's work during a search-and-clear operation near Fire Support Base Kien on August 10, 1970.
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-18
261. SSgt. William George hefts a turkey drumstick onto the plate of SP4 Roy Wiley of the 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile) during a meal on Thanksgiving 1967.

Wiley's equipment was typical of the "grunt": "steel pot" helmet with camouflage cover, M-16 rifle, load-bearing equipment, and protective mask.

  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-19
262. An ARVN mess cook prepares a batch of small fish for conversion into nuoc mam sauce, a standard element of the Vietnamese diet.
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-20
263. Vietnamese support troops of the 50th Political Warfare Battalion enjoy their noonday meal in their battalion's newly constructed dining hall in Saigon.
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-21
264. GOOD MORNING VIETNAM!!

SSgt. Richard A. Van Dorn, Radio Production Chief of Da Nang Armed Forces Radio, "spins the wax" during a musical program on February 1, 1968.

  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-22
265. Letters from home cheer the men during mail call at Landing Zone Stud, a forward base of the 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile), on March 30, 1968.
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-23
266. A chaplain of the 82d Airborne Division tends his flock at Camp Eagle during April 1968.
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-24
267. Men of the 101st Airborne Division take time out from Operation Van Buren in late January 1966 for religious services in the field.
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-25
268. At Ben Cat, about 50 miles north of Saigon, a corpsman of the 1st Medical Battalion administers a transfusion to a wounded man.
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-26
269. AUH-1D takes off to airlift an injured member of the 101st Airborne Division near the DMZ.
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 7-27
270. The 93d Evacuation Hospital at Long Binh in the fall of 1967.
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 7-28
271. Interior of the Tuy Hoa evacuation hospital on July 15, 1967.
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 7-29
272. Capt. Bernice Scott and Lt. David Van Voorhis of the Army Nurse Corps remove field bandages from a seriously wounded soldier sent to the 2d Surgical Hospital for treatment.
  • Page number: 102
  • Photo number: 7-30
273. Christmas in Vietnam, red Cross aides Joyce MacCaonnackie and Khaki Barden join Lt. Daniel L. Baldwin of the 9th Infantry Division in serving Christmas dinner for troops on the field on December 13, 1967.
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 7-31
274. Armed Forces Radio disk jockey Chris Noel performs on camera for the troops during a Christmas Special in 1967.
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 7-32
275. Sgt. Craig Anderson of the 7th Marines savors a Christmas card received from home on December 19, 1969.
  • Page number: 103
  • Photo number: 7-33
276. Bob Hope, a Christmas institution for three generations of American Servicemen overseas, teams up with the Golddiggers at Long Binh during Christmas 1968.
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 7-34
277. Members of the 101st Airborne Division enjoy the antics of Hope and company at Camp Eagle on the day before Christmas Eve 1970.
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 7-35
278. Seated on their duffle bags, 7th Cavalry soldiers wait at Vung Tau Airfield for transportation to the R&R Center at that facility.
  • Page number: 104
  • Photo number: 7-36
279. Soldiers relax on Vung Tau Beach at the R&R Center where there appears to be only one problem – no women!
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 7-37
280. A drug raid in Da Nang by Vietnamese civilian authorities nets a room full of drug paraphernalia, opium, and marijuana.
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 7-38
281. Buddhist family shrines set up in the streets of Hué.
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 7-39
282. Film and office equipment in the rear of the U.S. information Service Building in Hué, destroyed by Buddhist demonstrators on May 26, 1966.
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 7-40
283. A group of marchers hold aloft pr-American signs in English.
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 7-41
284. Phu Nom Signal Communications Site located in the Cholon section of Saigon.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-42
285. In the Tan Son Nhut area north of Saigon, personnel at the Combined Document Exploitation Center translate copies of captured enemy documents.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-43
286. American soldiers packing propaganda leaflets into "bombs," which will be dropped in strategic areas of North Vietnam.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-44
287. Using a microphone, a member of the 403d ARVN Political Warfare Company speaks to villagers of Ap Trung, 7 miles northwest of My Tho, about what they can do to keep Highway 4 secure.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 7-45
288. An ABC television news crew unloads their equipment at "The Rock Pile" (Khe Sanh) on October 29, 1967.
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 7-46
289. At Khe Sanh, the 101st Airborne Cavalry set up the "Khe Sanh Saloon," a briefing tent and reading room for the news correspondence.
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 7-47
290. PFC Stephen Gaye of the 11th Light Infantry Brigade's S-4 Section conducts English classes for Vietnamese children at Duc Pho during mid-January 1968.
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-1
291. Children at the Holy Cross Church School in Bac Hai hamlet clutch candy and C.A.R.E. school packets during a Tet New Year's party hosted by the 199th Light Infantry Brigade on January 28, 1968.
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-2
292. A member of the 39th Infantry, 9th Infantry Division, carries a sick Vietnamese woman through a muddy rice field to a central medical staging area.
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-3
293. ARVN troops advance against communist positions in Saigon during the 1968 Tet Offensive while large sections of the city burn, set afire by Vietcong insurgents.
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-4
294. Nineteen Vietcong infiltrated the U.S. embassy grounds in Saigon after blasting this hole in the wall surrounding the compound.
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-5
295. Navy corpsmen wearing flak jackets evacuate an American soldier wounded during the attack on the U.S. embassy on January 31, 1968.
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-6
296. The burned-out wreck of a C-47 aircraft lies on the apron at Tan Son Nhut Air Base, A victim of rocket and mortar fire.
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-7
297. Soldiers move up an M-113 armored personnel carrier and an M-48A3 tank in Saigon during the height of the Tet Offensive.
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-8
298. A member of the 1st Battalion, 18th Infantry Division, pauses at a memorial during a search for Vietcong forces in Saigon's French military cemetery during February 1, 1968.
  • Page number: 113
  • Photo number: 8-9
299. Feb. 1, 1968.

Members of the 119th Light Infantry Brigade established a refugee camp at Long Binh for Vietnamese driven from their home during the Tet Offensive.

  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-10
300. February 2, 1968.

An armored personnel carrier passes buildings that American forces damaged when they rooted the Vietcong from their hiding places in Bien Hoa.

  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-11
301. Clad in hospital pajamas and flak jacket, patient SP4 Norm W. Singleton checks a Vietnamese employee's identification card at the entrance to the 3d Field Hospital during 1968.

Note that he carries an M-4 rifle.

  • Page number: 114
  • Photo number: 8-12
302. Hué during the Tet Offensive. Supported by tanks, Marines move to clear buildings in street fighting near Hué University on February 3, 1968.
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-13
303. Leathernecks of B Company, 1st battalion, 1st Marines, aid trapped fellow Marines while under heavy machine-gun fire during fighting in Hué.
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-14
304. February 4, 1968.

Gunnery Sgt. F. A. Thomas of the 5th Marines finds a bit of GI humor in a toy car amidst heavy fighting during the battle for Hué.

  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 8-15
305. Cpl. Gary D. Keller of the 1st Marine Division fires his M-60 machine gun through a bathroom window on February 6.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-16
306. 5th Marine PFC A.D. Crum of New Brighton, Pennsylvania, receives a field dressing from Navy Corpsman D.R. Howe on February 6.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-17
307. A Marine from A Company, 1st Battalion, 1st Marine, moves out under heavy machine-gun fire in Hué during intense street fighting on February 9.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 8-18
308. A portion of Hué's destroyed marketplace, seen on February 14, 1968.
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 8-19
309. Men of the 2d Battalion, 5th Marines, relax in front of a bullet-scarred building and light up cigarettes during a lull in the battle for Hué on February 18, 1968.
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 8-20
310. A weary Marine collapses in a heap on the front of his Ontos armored vehicle during a lull in the fighting in Hué on February 23, 1968.

The Ontos carried four 106mm recoilless rifles.

  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 8-21
311. Seen on February 28, a bridge lies collapsed in the Perfume River in Hué, blown up by North Vietnamese sappers earlier in the offensive.
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 8-22
312. Walter Cronkite of CBS News interviews a Vietnamese professor of the University of Hué on February 20, 1968.
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 8-23
313. Marines blast away with a 105mm howitzer at the North Vietnamese forces surrounding Khe Sanh in January 1968.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 8-24
314. An interior view of one of the many defensive fighting trenches held by Marines at Khe Sanh.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 8-25
315. A forward observer at Khe Sanh looks for signs of the enemy activity in the distance.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 8-26
316. MSgt. Charles Wunderlich of the 82d Airborne Division's 3d Brigade reads a newspaper on February 14, 1968, during his unit's flight to Vietnam.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 8-27
317. Newly arrived troops of the 505th Infantry, 82d Airborne Division, stand watch during the search of a Vietnamese house near the divisional base camp on February 25, 1968.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 8-28
318. Burdened with dufflebags and equipment, soldiers of the 82d Airborne Division exit the rear of a C-141 transport at Chu Lai Marine Corps Air Station in mid-February 1968.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 8-29
319. Crewmen on board an Essex-class aircraft carrier prepare a Ch-47B Chinook of the 271st Aviation Company for its flight into Vietnam on February 25, 1968.

The helicopter has been pulled off the elevator and forward on the flight deck where the rotors will be installed. Note the cover catapult on the deck.

  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 8-30
320. Maj. John P. Obermire leads the 271st Aviation Company out of their LCS landing craft onto the beach at Vung Tau.
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 8-31
321. Clark Clifford, who on March 1, 1968, replaced Robert McNamara as secretary of Defense. (see photo 8-47)
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 8-32
322. General Creighton W. Abrams, who replaced Westmoreland as commander, MACV.
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 8-33
323. Saigon firemen pick up body of a dead Vietcong soldier following an attack on that city during May 6, 1968.
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 8-34
324. From atop a tank located on the southwest perimeter of Tan Son Nhut Air Base on May 7, soldiers fire a .50-caliber machine gun into a Vietcong position inside the Old French Cemetery.
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 8-35
325. Vietnamese Air Force troops lift a wounded comrade into a trench near the center of the Old French Cemetery during the heavy fighting off Plantation Road on May 7.
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 8-36
326. Bodies of three enemy soldiers litter the street just off Plantation Road during the battle that raged in and around the Old French Cemetery.
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 8-37
327. Fires set by Vietcong snappers burn out of control on the Newport side of the Tu Duc Bridge in Saigon during May 8, 1968.
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 8-38
328. An M-48 tank of the 25th Infantry Division backs into blocking force position on a Saigon street during the North Vietnamese and Vietcong attack on the city on May 8.
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 8-39
329. Spanning the Saigon River, the "Y" Bridge linked the suburbs of Cholon and Gia Dinh province with Saigon.
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 8-40
330. Members of the 47th Infantry proudly display a flag captured during a house-to-house search of the areas south of the Kinh Doi Canal and the "Y" Bridge during final mopping-up operations outside Saigon on May 13, 1968.
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 8-41
331. C-123 aircraft of the 12th Air Commando Squadron flying in formation spray defoliant chemicals on a jungle area east of Saigon on June 7, 1968.
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 8-42
332. Jungle areas following defoliation operations.
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 8-43
333. The nuclear-powered aircraft carrier Enterprise (CVA (N)-65) steams in the waters off Indochina.
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 8-44
334. PFC Tracy Gray rams an artillery round into the tube of a 105mm howitzer, assisted by gunner PFC John L. K. Alston during 9th Infantry Division operations in the My Cong River complex in June 1968.
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 8-45
335. Troops of the 131st Engineering Company unload their cargo from a landing craft onto the beach at Vung Tau on September 21, 1968.

Mormacaltair, a Military Sea Transport Contract Freighter, stand by offshore in the distance.

  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 8-46
336. The political changing of the guard. President-elect Richard M. Nixon's incoming secretary of Defense, Melvin R. Laird, confers with his outgoing counterpart, Clark M. Clifford, on December 13, 1968.

The portrait in the background is that of former secretary James V. Forrestal.

  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 8-47
337. Lt. Col. Cecil G. Foster, commander of the 390th Tactical Fighter Squadron, counts his blessings as he stands up through a hole in the win fog his F-4 Phantom damaged by antiaircraft fire during a mission in August 1968.
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 8-48
338. Two A-1 Skyraiders of the 6th Special Operations Squadron fly protective cover for an HH-3E helicopter of the 37th Aerospace Rescue and Recovery Squadron.
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 8-49
339. Bandaged and disconsolate, U.S. Air Force Lt. Col. J.L. Hughes is escorted through a park in Hanoi in May 1969.
  • Page number: 127
  • Photo number: 8-50
340. Veterans of two previous wars, the battleship New Jersey (BB-62) fires its main battery into a North Vietnamese position near the Vietnamese coast during 1969.
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 8-51
340. Veterans of two previous wars, the battleship New Jersey (BB-62) fires its main battery into a North Vietnamese coast during 1969.
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 8-52
341. Monitors of the 2d Brigade, Mobile Riverine Force, 9th Infantry Division patrol the Song Ba Lai River on April 14, 1968.
  • Page number: 128
  • Photo number: 8-53
342. A Riverine Force crewman trains his M-60 machine gun at a suspicious object on shore while traveling at high speed up the Song My Tho River near Dong Tam on 29 January 1969.
  • Page number: 129
  • Photo number: 8-54
343. Aerial view of the barracks ship Benewah.

Note its brood of monitors and landing craft nested alongside.

  • Page number: 129
  • Photo number: 8-55
344. On the fantail of Benewah (APB-35) sailors man a 40mm quadruple mount while on patrol in the Glad Due area during April 16, 1968.

Note the empty shell casings visible in the gun tub at lower left.

  • Page number: 129
  • Photo number: 8-56
345. A SEAL team's outboard-motor assault boat speeds down a branch of the Mekong River with its squad of commandos.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 8-57
346. SEAL Team Leader Lt. (j.g.) Robert Kerrey , later a U.S. senator, was awarded the Medal of Honor for action against Vietcong forces in South Vietnam.

Kerrey's team attempted the capture of an enemy political cadre located on an island near Nha Trang.

  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 8-58
347. A combat team of the 4th Infantry Detachment (War Dog Provisional) sets out on the trail of a fleeing enemy on February 18, 1969.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 8-59
348. In response to a Vietcong attack on Long Binh Post, members of the 1stt Squadron, 11th Armored Cavalry Regiment, move out in their M-113 armored personnel carrier to pursue the Vietcong, after taking a short break in a Vietnamese a short break in a Vietnamese cemetery during February 23, 1969.
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 8-60
349. PFC Charles W. Lowery of the 52d Artillery Group arms a 155mm projectile with a fuse at this unit base in Pleiku on March 6, 1969.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 8-61
350. Secretary of Defense Melvin Laird greets a squad of Marines of the 1st Marine Division following his arrival in Da Nang during his visit to the I Corps area on March 9, 1969.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 8-62
351. Secretary of State William P. Rogers listens while members of the 3d Reconnaissance Battalion, 3d Marine Division, explain the mission of reconnaissance patrols in the north sector of I Corps.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 8-63
352. Members of the 77th Artillery, 25th Infantry Division, direct their 105mm howitzer fire from Fire Support Base Sedgwick in support of an Infantry operation during May 2, 1969.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 8-64
353. South Vietnamese General Cao Van Vein presents the Vietnamese Cross of Gallantry and the civil Action Honor Medal to Maj. Gen. Harris W. Hollis, former commanding general of the 9th Infantry Division at Dong Tam on July 5, 1969. Elements of the 9th Division took part in a stand-down and redeployment during July.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 8-65
354. An American color guard lowers and folds the flag at Fire Base Danger as part of the stand-down of the 4th Battalion, 39th Infantry Division.
  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 8-66
355. Dong Team during the 9th Division's stand-down.

A truck of the division's 2d Brigade carrying communications equipment form the Ben Tre Base Camp enters the town, preparing for the unit's withdrawal.

  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 8-67
356. July 13, 1969.

A CH-47 Chinook helicopter takes off from Dong Tam, bound for Bien Hoa Air Base, while participating in the withdrawal of the 9th Division from Vietnam.

  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 8-68
357. With high hopes for an American "Generation of Peace," President Nixon greets U.S. ground forces during his trip to the Far East on July 30, 1969.
  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 8-69
358. By October 1969, many units were in the midst of the much-welcomed redeployment.

Troops of the 1st Cavalry Division (Airmobile) board an aircraft at Bien Hoa Air Base.

  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 8-70
359. Fronted by helmets, rifles, and boots symbolic of fallen comrades, a brigade chaplain of the 82d Airborne leads a ceremony of remembrance at Phu Lai Veterans day, November 11, 1969.
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 8-71
360. SSgt. James Craig of the 2d Squadron, 11th Cavalry, gingerly inspects a 22-pound Chinese mine during clearing operations near Quan Loi on December 26, 1969.
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 8-72
361. The mine-clearing team returns cautiously to Camp Eunice, 83 miles northwest of Saigon.
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 8-73
362. Averell Harriman, ambassador-at-large and head of the American delegation to preliminary talks on Vietnam, briefs the press in Paris, France, before the 1968 presidential election.
  • Page number: 135
  • Photo number: 9-1
363. Abbie Hoffman talking to University of Pittsburgh students (1962).
  • Page number: 136
  • Photo number: 9-2
364. Students protest at the University of Pittsburgh (1962).
  • Page number: 136
  • Photo number: 9-3
365. Service for Kent State students being held in front of the University of Pittsburgh (1962).
  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 9-4
366. Ambassador David Bruce, chief U.S. negotiator at the Paris Peace Talks, greets South Vietnam's president, Nguyen Van Thieu.

U.S. Ambassador to Saigon, Ellsworth Bunker, stands behind.

  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 9-5
367. Henry Kissinger (left) and Hanoi's senior representative Le Duc Tho (right) engage in animated conversation during a break in the peace talks at a villa in the Paris suburbs on November 23, 1972.

The two men had met for the first time on February 20, 1970, at a clandestine meeting in Paris.

  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 9-6
368. Vietnamese Air Force students work on the rotor of a UH-1D helicopter during a course on helicopter maintenance at Fort Eustis Virginia in 1970.
  • Page number: 138
  • Photo number: 9-7
369. Richard G. Scalf and Thomas R. Parrott, both medics with the 1st Battalion, 22d Infantry, take time for a game of chess at Fire Support Base Louis.
  • Page number: 138
  • Photo number: 9-8
370. Men of the 1st Brigade, 14th Infantry, check map coordinates during Operation Wayne Thrust on January 7, 1970.
  • Page number: 138
  • Photo number: 9-9
371. James L. Fisher of the 35th Infantry is prepared for action on the perimeter of his company command post ion northwest Vietnam during Operation Wayne Thrust.
  • Page number: 138
  • Photo number: 9-10
372. The 155mm howitzers of C Battery, 92d Artillery, lay down a barrage at Fire Base Abby on February 7, 1970.
  • Page number: 139
  • Photo number: 9-11
373. A communist flag, an AK-47, a poster of Ho Chi Minh, and a French 7.66mm pistol were among the items captured near the Song An Lae River by American forces operating out of Fire Base Louis, 1 mile north of An Khe.
  • Page number: 139
  • Photo number: 9-12
374. On their Return to Kontum in Vietnam on June 27, 1970, soldiers of the 11th Cavalry hold up a sign found during the incursion into Cambodia.
  • Page number: 139
  • Photo number: 9-13
375. Capt. Charles T. Guthrie briefs American soldiers and South prior to a sweep during a search-and-destroy mission on February 27, 1970.
  • Page number: 140
  • Photo number: 9-14
376. During April 1970, Assistant Team Leader Robert C. Todd of Company D, 5th Special Forces Group, mans a .30-caliber machine gun on the bow of an air boat, while a student from the Vietnamese Mobile Force pilots the craft.
  • Page number: 140
  • Photo number: 9-15
377. On April 20, 1970, a member of A Company 1st Battalion, 1st Marines, carries an M-60 machine gun on a search-and-clear operation in the Charlie Ridge area, 15 miles southwest of Da Nang.
  • Page number: 140
  • Photo number: 9-16
378. Participating in a multibattalion sweep through the Picken Forest region 25 miles southwest of Da Nang, men of G Battery, 3d Battalion, 11th Marines stay close to their 105mm howitzer as a CH-53 helicopter lands to resupply their ammunition stores on July 16, 1970.
  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 9-17
379. Cambodian refugees prepare to disembark from LSU-501 of the South Vietnamese Navy, which brought them from Cambodia on July 23, 1970.
  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 9-18
380. A Kit Carson Scout of the 8th Psyops Team 173d Airborne Brigade broadcasts from Landing Zone English to nearby villages as part of the Chieu Hoi program.
  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 9-19
381. "Wolfhounds" from the 27th Infantry, 25th Infantry Division, cross a stream 10 miles southeast of Nui Ba Den during search-and-clear operations near Fire Support Base Kien.
  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 9-20
382. Soldiers follow their equipment and board a C-130 transport at Qui Nhon Airfield on October 30, 1970.
  • Page number: 142
  • Photo number: 9-21
383. The "Busiest Man on the C-=130."

Using a chain lock, Loadmaster T.J. Donegan secures cargo for a shuttle run. When not loading or unloading cargo, loadmasters filled out a myriad of forms for all items and personnel carried on their aircraft.

  • Page number: 142
  • Photo number: 9-22
384. A CH-47 Chinook from the 14th Aviation Company lifts off with a sling of fuel drums during a resupply effort to units in the field.
  • Page number: 142
  • Photo number: 9-23
385. A soldier with a camouflaged face sits alone with his thoughts during a break in the action late in the war.
  • Page number: 143
  • Photo number: 9-24
386. A UH-1D helicopter from the 61st Assault Helicopter Company lands to pick up members of a patrol from the 173d Airborne Brigade.
  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 9-25
387. On a search-and-destroy mission during Operation Bushmaster, men of the 501st Infantry, 101st Airborne Division, go out on patrol in support of an attached ARVN Ranger company during August 1971.
  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 9-26
388. SP4 Roman Capone, 16th Infantry, 1st Infantry Division cleans his M-60 machine gun as his unit redeploys from Vietnam on February 18, 1970.
  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 9-27
389. Men of the 101st Airborne Division hand over Fire Support Base Tomahawk to the ARVN 5th Regional Forces and render honors to the South Vietnamese flag as it is raised over the base November 15, 1971.
  • Page number: 145
  • Photo number: 9-28
390. A captain form the 101st Airborne clutches the American flag after it had been lowered over the Fire Support Base Birmingham during stand-down ceremonies in early February 1972.
  • Page number: 145
  • Photo number: 9-29
391. Gear and equipment belonging to men of the 101st Airborne awaits transport from Fire Support Base Birmingham after the South Vietnamese took control of the base.

Note the crossbow stacked with the M-16 at right.

  • Page number: 145
  • Photo number: 9-30
392. American Division personnel clean M-16 rifles prior to wrapping and shipping at the Multiple Items Processing Point at Da Nang.
  • Page number: 146
  • Photo number: 9-31
393. Tracked vehicles await loading on board the freighter W.B. Waterman at Da Nang's deep water port.
  • Page number: 146
  • Photo number: 9-32
394. A happy group of soldiers from the 101st Airborne Division undergo a last search by military police and customs inspectors on January 20, 1972, prior to boarding the aircraft that will fly them out of Vietnam.
  • Page number: 146
  • Photo number: 9-33
395. Having cleared the last check point, the men of the 101st Airborne Division quicken their pace into the passenger terminal at Bien Hoa.
  • Page number: 146
  • Photo number: 9-34
396. The Joint Chiefs of Staff meet in Washington on January 5, 1972.

They are (left to right): Admiral Elmo R. Zumwalt, chief of Naval Operations; General William Westmoreland, Army chief of staff; Admiral Thomas H. Moorer, chairman; General John D. Ryan, Air Force chief of staff; General Robert E. Cushman, Jr., Marine Corps commandant.

  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 9-35
397. The 16-inch guns of the guided missile cruiser Oklahoma City pound away at North Vietnamese positions, tanks, and troops along the coast in Quang Tri province during the April 1972 communist offensive.
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 9-36
398. ARVN M-48 tanks take position near the Dong Ha River overlooking Highway QL-9 on April 10, 1972.
  • Page number: 148
  • Photo number: 9-37
399. Smoke rises from along the Dong Ha River following air strikes by A-1E Skyraiders on April 11, 1972.
  • Page number: 148
  • Photo number: 9-38
400. Vietnamese civilians driven from their homes seek sanctuary in the refugee center located in Quoc Hoc.
  • Page number: 148
  • Photo number: 9-39
401. Americans used air power to evacuate civilians from the path of the offensive.

Here, evacuees from Kontum run toward a waiting UH-1D helicopter in Kontum's Teneze Compound.

  • Page number: 148
  • Photo number: 9-40
402. View of a B-52 bomber forced to land at Da Nang in April 1972.

Facilities in South Vietnam were not big enough to accommodate B-52 traffic. They operated out of bases such as Guam and used aerial refueling to extend their range.

  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 9-41
403. Two prominent protestors, Jane Fonda and her husband, Tom Hayden, at a rally held in the fall of 1972.
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 9-42
404. Naval aviator and pilot Lt. Randall M. Cunningham and his radar intercept officer, Lt. (j.g.) William P. Driscoll, describe to Secretary of the Navy John Warner and Chief of Naval Operations Elmo Zumwalt the action in which they scored a rare triple MiG kill on May 10, 1972, to become the only U.S. Navy aces of the war.
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 9-43
405. Two F-4D crews of the famous 555th ("Triple Nickel") Tactical Fighter Squadron pose for the camera after a dogfight in which they destroyed two MiG-21 fighters.

They are (left to right): Weapons System Operator Capt. Stephen L. Eaves and pilot, 1st Lt. John D. Markle; Weapons System Operator Capt. Charles D. DeBellvue and his pilot, Capt. Richard S. Ritchie/DeBellvue team, destined to become the only U.S. Air Force aces in Vietnam.

  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 9-44
406. Post-strike photography of June 26, 1972, documents the result of an air strike by aircraft from Kitty Hawk (DVA-63) on the Yen Lap railroad bridge northeast of Haiphong in North Vietnam.

Note the cratered bridge approach and dropped bridge span.

  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 9-45
407. A B-52 bomber takes off from Andersen Air Base in Guam.
  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 9-46
408. A reconnaissance photograph taken on December 27, 1972, shows petroleum tank cars destroyed by American B-52s in the Kinh No railyard 7 miles north of Hanoi.
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 9-47
409. The first group of American POWs to be released during Operation Homecoming muster and report prior to their release to U.S. representatives at Gia Lam International Airport near Hanoi on February 12, 1973.
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 9-48
410. Dependents of Marines stationed at Naval Air Station Miramar wait for repatriated prisoners of war to arrive.
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 9-49
411. Family gathers on Sunday during Operation Homecoming on February 18, 1973.

The extended family of Capt. James P. Walsh celebrates Mass in the chapel at the U.S. Naval Hospital in St. Albans, New York, while Chaplain James P. McKay presides.

  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 9-50
412. Operation Homecoming was a two-way street.

Here, North Vietnamese POWs await exchange and final release at Bien Hoa Air Base in late February 1973.

  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 9-51
413. An army major representing the United States and members of the Provisional Revolutionary Government of North Vietnam arrive in Bien Hoa for the POW release.
  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 9-52
414. Members of the U.S. Photographic Team Pacific document the release of ARVN POWs at Loc Ninh.

The photographers (left to right) are 1st Lt. Joseph T. Broghamer, SP6 Grant T. Lingle, SP4 Leroy Massie, and Sgt. Richard S. Hiwa, Jr. (the photographer credited with the previous two photos).

  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 9-53
415. The guided missile destroyer Henry B. Wilson (DDG-7), participant in the evacuation of American personnel from Phnom Penh during Operation Eagle Pull.
  • Page number: 153
  • Photo number: 10-1
416. The flight deck covered with CH-53 and CH-46 helicopters.

Hancock (CVA-19) sails off the coast of Cambodia preparing for the evacuation of American personnel from Phnom Penh on April 10, 1975.

  • Page number: 154
  • Photo number: 10-2
417. Phnom Penh seen on April 12 by Marine photographer D.L. Shearer from the left gunner port of a CH-53 helicopter as it descends toward an impromptu landing zone a soccer field.
  • Page number: 154
  • Photo number: 10-3
418. Navy personnel wait anxiously on Hancock's flight deck fro Marine helicopters to complete their return trip from Phnom Penh on April 12.
  • Page number: 155
  • Photo number: 10-4
419. Marine Sgt. Chuck McCormick captures a touching moment on film during the evacuation of Phnom Penh, as a fellow Marine holds a refugee baby.
  • Page number: 155
  • Photo number: 10-5
420. The first wave of CH-53 helicopters of HMH-463 return to Hancock with the first group of evacuees from Saigon during Operation Frequent Wind on April 29, 1975.
  • Page number: 155
  • Photo number: 10-6
421. A South Vietnamese pilot lands his Huey helicopter on Hancock's flight deck during the evacuation of Saigon on April 29.
  • Page number: 156
  • Photo number: 10-7
422. South Vietnamese, American employees, a French nun, and other foreign personnel from Saigon line up on the starboard side of Hancock's flight deck.
  • Page number: 156
  • Photo number: 10-8
423. An elderly Vietnamese woman sits on Hancock's flight deck and ponders her future.
  • Page number: 156
  • Photo number: 10-9
424. A U.S. Navy photographer catches Air Vice Marshal Nguyen Cao Ky and Lt. Gen. Ngo Quang Truong being accompanied aboard an aircraft carrier following their evacuation Saigon.
  • Page number: 156
  • Photo number: 10-10
425. The navy photographer shows a high proportion of adult males among the refugees crowding the decks and superstructure of the SS Pioneer Contender.
  • Page number: 157
  • Photo number: 10-11
426. While fires at Tan Son Nhut Air Base burn in the distance, a CH-53 at lower right prepares to set down in a landing zone in Saigon.
  • Page number: 157
  • Photo number: 10-12
427. An aircraft burns at Tan Son Nhut Air Base as communist forces close in on the city of Saigon.
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 10-13
428. A dozen aircraft lie abandoned at Tan Son Nhut, unable to take off because of the threat of communist SA-7 missiles nearby.
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 10-14
429. With the communist forces only miles away, Marine helicopters land in a parking lot in the northern outskirts of Saigon.

Note troops deployed among the parked vehicles.

  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 10-15
430. A Marine CH-53 sets down on a black-topped baseball field used as a landing zone in the northern section of Saigon to pick up waiting refugees on April 29.

Troops in the distance provide security.

  • Page number: 159
  • Photo number: 10-16
431. Marines of the 1st Battalion, 4th Marine Regiment, keep a watchful eye out while guarding the landing zone.
  • Page number: 159
  • Photo number: 10-17
432. Refugees are buffeted by rotor wash as they hurry to board.
  • Page number: 159
  • Photo number: 10-18
433. Hancock steams for Subic Bay Naval Base on May 1, 1975, with a full load of helicopters.
  • Page number: 160
  • Photo number: 10-19
434. South Vietnamese refugees from Saigon debark Hancock to await transportation to Grande Island U.S. Naval Base, Subic Bay, Philippines, on May 3, 1975.
  • Page number: 160
  • Photo number: 10-20
435. Enterprise lies docked at Subic Bay on May 4, 1975 while awaiting the return of its helicopter contingent.
  • Page number: 160
  • Photo number: 10-21
436. Two young Vietnamese girls seem hesitant to leave the bus that has taken them to Camp Pendleton, California.
  • Page number: 161
  • Photo number: 10-22
437. Mrs. Virginia Smith (right) and her daughter Sherry (left) talk to Chu Thi Nhan, a friend of Mrs. Smith's son, Norman, who was on his way to the United States from Vietnam.
  • Page number: 161
  • Photo number: 10-23
438. Interviewed by the French Press Service on May 6, former South Vietnamese vice president Nguyen Cao Ky sits impassively during a news conference at Camp Pendleton.
  • Page number: 161
  • Photo number: 10-24
439. Do Hai and his wife Pham Tai stand outside their Camp Pendleton quarters with the couple's six children and their sponsors from the First Lutheran Church of Vista, California.
  • Page number: 162
  • Photo number: 10-25
440. Marine Private R. D. Shesky of the 1st Marine Division provides a better view of what is going on for a young refugee in Refugee Camp #5 at Camp Pendleton.
  • Page number: 162
  • Photo number: 10-26
441. On May 21, 1975, Brig. Gen. Paul G. Graham, Base Commander at Camp Pendleton, shows First Lady Betty Ford a copy of the Vietnamese newspaper being printed by the refugees.
  • Page number: 162
  • Photo number: 10-27
442. Entertainment for the newcomers to America.

Herb Alpert and the Tijuana Brass heat up a lazy afternoon during a concert at Camp Pendleton on June 10, 1975.

  • Page number: 163
  • Photo number: 10-28
443. Young woman of Ho Chi Minh City wearing the traditional ao dai. (color)
  • Page number: 164
  • Photo number: 11-1
444. Ho Chi Minh City's riverfront. (color)
  • Page number: 165
  • Photo number: 11-2
445. Vietnamese man in business for himself. (color)
  • Page number: 165
  • Photo number: 11-3
446. A mother and daughter smile as they ply their wares in Ho Chi Minh City. (color)
  • Page number: 166
  • Photo number: 11-4
447. An old Vietnamese woman recalled bygone days and remembered Americans with affections. (color)
  • Page number: 166
  • Photo number: 11-5
448. Rebuilt French headquarters now houses the communist headquarters in Ho Chi Minh City. (color)
  • Page number: 167
  • Photo number: 11-6
449. A view of Ho Chi Minh City's riverfront. (color)
  • Page number: 167
  • Photo number: 11-7
450. Another section of Ho Chi Minh City's waterfront. (color)
  • Page number: 167
  • Photo number: 11-8
451. Ho Chi Minh City's busy harbor. (color)
  • Page number: 168
  • Photo number: 11-9
452. A street scene in Ho Chi Minh City. (color)
  • Page number: 168
  • Photo number: 11-10
453. Another side street in Ho Chi Minh City.

American veterans would find these motorcycles much improved over the thousands they saw in Saigon during the Vietnam War. (color)

  • Page number: 169
  • Photo number: 11-11
454. A well-patronized book and newspaper store on a side street in Ho Chi Minh City. (color)
  • Page number: 169
  • Photo number: 11-12
455. A main street in Ho Chi Minh City. (color)
  • Page number: 170
  • Photo number: 11-13
456. A Buddhist temple in Ho Chi Minh City. (color)
  • Page number: 170
  • Photo number: 11-14
457. The entrance to the Vietnam Veterans Memorial, seen from the pathway leading from the Reflecting Pool in front of the Lincoln Memorial.
  • Page number: 171
  • Photo number: 11-15
458. A piece of the monument of the American soldier who served in Vietnam.

"The Wall" contains the names of the American war dead.

  • Page number: 171
  • Photo number: 11-16
459. With millions of Vietnam veterans still alive, the Vietnam Memorial may well be one of the most photographed structures in Washington.
  • Page number: 171
  • Photo number: 11-17
Folder 6 Extras, 1970s - 1995

Section: Ennis Whitehead

Folder 7 Pre-World War II Military Service, 1917 - 1931
Folder 8-9 Military Service, 1940s
Folder 10 Signed Portraits and Miscellaneous, 1940s - 1950s

Section: Williwaw War

Folder 11 Published Images, 1940s
1. A view of Fort Mears an Amaknak Island.
  • Page number: P1
  • Photo number: 1
2. Downtown Kodiak, Alaska.
  • Page number: P2
  • Photo number: 2
3. The small village of Unalaska
  • Page number: P2
  • Photo number: 3
4. Map showing positions of the batteries of the 206th Coast Artillery Antiaircraft Regiment on Amaknak Island.
  • Page number: P3
  • Photo number: 4
5. The remains of the converted passenger ship Northwestern after she was struck during the Japanese attack on Dutch Harbor, 3-4 June 1942.
  • Page number: P4
  • Photo number: 5
6. Lawrence “Larry” Obsitnik at the Mt. Newhall A-4 base camp.

The east, lower portion of Amaknak Island is shown in the background. A portion of the village on Unalaska can be seen to the left.

  • Page number: P5
  • Photo number: 6
7. An SCR 268 radar unit in operating position overlooking Iliuliuk Bay. Mt. Newhall is in the background. The unit was installed in December 1941 and was moved to Morris Cove in May 1942.
  • Page number: P6
  • Photo number: 7
8. A work crew moving a tent a frame from the Morris Cove beach area to the top of Hill 300, the location of the radar unit.

Left to right: Cornelius Carrico, Edward Sauter (on hood), Eli Santos (driver), Clifford Lamb, Donnel Drake, Jack Cheatwood, and Samuel Schmitt.

  • Page number: P6
  • Photo number: 8
9. A portion of the supply area, warehouse, and barracks on Amaknak Island.

Mt. Ballyhoo is in the background.

  • Page number: P7
  • Photo number: 9
10. Map of the Japanese air attack on Unalaska, 3-4 June 1942.
  • Page number: P8-P9
  • Photo number: 10
11. Japanese bombs fall harmlessly into the waters of Dutch Harbor, probably during the 4 June 1942 raid.

The Spit and Mt. Newhall are in the background.

  • Page number: P10
  • Photo number: 11
12. Japanese bombs fall harmlessly into the waters of Dutch Harbor, probably during the 4 June 1942 raid.
  • Page number: P11
  • Photo number: 12 Warehouses destroyed by fire as a result of the Japanese air attack on 4 June 1942 on Amaknak Island.
13. Only the foundation remained of this warehouse as a result of the Japanese air attack.
  • Page number: P12
  • Photo number: 13
14. A view of the hospital in Unalaska, bombed 4 June 1942.
  • Page number: P13
  • Photo number: 14
15. A U.S. Army truck destroyed by bomb fragments during the Japanese bomb raid on the warehouse area of Amaknak Island.
  • Page number: P13
  • Photo number: 15
16. A Japanese airplane shot down over Dutch Harbor.
  • Page number: P14
  • Photo number: 16
17. The Russian Orthodox Church located at Unalaska.
  • Page number: P15
  • Photo number: 17
18. A typical Quonset hut.
  • Page number: P16
  • Photo number: 18
19. Martha O’Driscoll and Erroll Flynn visited Amchitka in 1943.
  • Page number: P16
  • Photo number: 19
20. The comedian Joe E. Brown posed with these soldiers on Dutch Harbor in 1942.
  • Page number: P17
  • Photo number: 20
21. Members of Battery I, 206th Coast Artillery Antiaircraft Regiment at the entrance of the Battery Orderly Room in Unalaska Valley, 1943.

Left to right: 1st Sergeant Donnel Drake, Sergeant Dewey Gartrell, and Corporal Edward Knudson.

  • Page number: P17
  • Photo number: 21
22. Sergeant Homer Busby inside the Battery I Orderly Room located in Unalaska Valley.
  • Page number: P18
  • Photo number: 22
23. Battery I has a rare beer bust near its gun position in Unalaska in the spring of 1943.
  • Page number: P19
  • Photo number: 23
24. Members of the F-2, 37mm AA gun crew, located at the base of Mt. Newhall in Unalaska Valley in the winter of 1943-1944.

Left to right: Sergeant Aubrey Albright, D. A. Cox, and Gertie Lee.

  • Page number: P19
  • Photo number: 24
25. NCO Jerald McKinney of Battery A-11 standing in the entrance to the underground living quarters at the northern end of Mt. Ballyhoo.
  • Page number: P20
  • Photo number: 25
26. Larry Obsitnik and Edgar “Dynamite” Justice at the Mt. Newhall A-4 base camp.
  • Page number: P21
  • Photo number: 26
27. Living quarters of Battery A-2, 206th Coast Artillery Antiaircraft Regiment.

Since the living quarters, mess hall, and recreation hall of A-2 battery were underground, the men were called “The Mole Hole Gang” by the other members of the battery. Left to right: Donnel Crake, Frank White, Irving Reichel, Kent Jones (standing), Benjamin Bailey (sitting in rear), Luther Clements (sitting on bunk), Woodrow Trimble, Eli Santos, Clyde Hill (with paper), and Samuel Schmitt.

  • Page number: P22
  • Photo number: 27
28. Battery I, Provisional 90mm (AA) Gun Battery, 206th Coast Artillery (CA) Antiaircraft (AA) Regiment in June 1943.

The unit, consisting of five officers and 122 men, was established 18 August 1942, and assigned to Unalaska Valley about two miles south of Unalaska.

  • Page number: P23
  • Photo number: 28
29. The monument dedicated to the men who served with the 206th Coast Artillery Antiaircraft Regiment.

It was designed by Paul Beasley.

  • Page number: P24
  • Photo number: 29
Folder 12-18 Extras, 1940s - 1991
Folder 19-20 Photocopied, 1942 - 1945

Section: World War I


Box Photo 5
Folder 1-12 Published Images, 1914 - 1920
1. German troops marching through Belgium.
  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-1
2. Business as usual in St. Louis, 1914.
  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-2
3. President Woodrow Wilson
  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-3
4. Walter Johnson
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-4
5. Archduke Franz Ferdinand and his wife, Sophie, in Sarajevo shortly before their assassination.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-5
6. Czar Nicholas II of Russia and his son, Alexi
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-6
7. Emperor Franz Josef of Austria
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-7
8. Kaiser Wilhelm II of Germany
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-8
9. Czar Nicholas II (left) and Kind George V of England in German uniform
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-9
10. Admiral Alfred von Tirpitz, commander in chief of the German Navy
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-10
11. Winston Churchill, First Sea Lord, inspecting British Royal Navy cadets.
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-11
12. King Albert I
  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-12
13. General Sir John French, commander of the British Expeditionary Force at the start of the war.
  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-13
14. French General Josef Joffre and French Commander Ferdinand Foch
  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-14
15. The famous Field Marshal Alfred von Schlieffen, architect of Germany’s plan for fighting a two-front war.
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-15
16. A British machine-gun crew
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-16
17. French cavalry units moving to the front.

Note the cavalry men are not mounted and are wearing plumed helmets and carrying weapons.

  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-17
18. German wagon trains moving to the front.
  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 1-18
19. A 1st Lancashire Fusiliers’ communication trench, June 1916.
  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 1-19
20. Lance Corporal Adolph Hitler (right) and German Army friends
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-20
21. General Paul von Hindenburg
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-21
22. General Erich von Ludendorff
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-22
23. Enver Pasha, Turkish minister of war
  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-23
24. British soldiers blinded by German gas making their way to dressing stations.
  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-24
25. British soldiers wearing typical gas masks.
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-25
26. German U-boat, L.M. Unterseeboot I, in action.
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-26
27. The deck of a German U-boat up close.
  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-27
28. The Cunard Liner Lusitania
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-28
29. President Wilson’s first secretary of state, William Jennings Bryan.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-29
30. Robert Lansing, who succeeded Bryan as secretary of state.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-30
31. Lusitania survivors, May 1915
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-31
32. German U-139, which sank the Lusitania
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-32
33. German U-77
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-33
34. German U-139
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-34
35. German Chancellor Theobald von Bethmann-Hollweg
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-35
36. German U-boats helping to rescue enemy (Allied) survivors.
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-36
37. German U-boats helping to rescue enemy (Allied) survivors.
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-37
38. French poster remembering the death of Nurse Edith Cavell in Brussels, October 1915.
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-38
39. Two German officers making their way through a muddy communications trench.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 1-39
40. Left to right: Hindenburg, Wilhelm, and Ludendorff
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 1-40
41. Alfred Zimmerman, German undersecretary of foreign affairs.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 1-41
42. Poster promoting “Over There,” the most popular song of the war in America.
  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 2-1
43. General Hugh L. Scott
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-2
44. A young Theodore Roosevelt
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-3
45. President Wilson drawing numbers from a glass bowl in the first round of conscription.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-4
46. Secretary of War Newton Baker drawing the fist number for the second round of conscription.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 2-5
47. Civilian draftees file into a barracks and emerge looking somewhat like soldiers.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 2-6
48. Young Captain Dwight Eisenhower
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-7
49. General Leonard Wood
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-8
50. General John Pershing
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-9
51. The Mexican bandit Pancho Villa
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 2-10
52. Physical training for new recruits.
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 2-11
53. Physical training for new recruits.
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 2-12
54. Physical training for new recruits.
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 2-13
55. Troops playing baseball.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 2-14
56. Drill sergeant overseeing fatigued Marines.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 2-15
57. Marines practicing drill.

Note dog leading the troops.

  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 2-16
58. Troops practicing marksmanship.
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 2-17
59. Troops practicing marksmanship.
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 2-18
60. Secretary of War Newton D. Baker.
  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 2-19
61. Arthur Balfour, Britain’s foreign minister (1916-1922).
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 2-20
62. General Nivelle
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 2-21
63. General Jan Smuts
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 2-22
64. 1st Division greeted by cheering French crowds who are very happy to see American reinforcements.
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 2-23
65. 1st Division greeted by cheering French crowds who are very happy to see American reinforcements.
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 2-24
66. 1st Division greeted by cheering French crowds who are very happy to see American reinforcements.
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 2-25
67. General Petain, the hero of Verdun.

Pershing found him to be the most congenial of the senior French commanders.

  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 2-26
68. Left to right: French Minister of War Painleve, General Pershing, and Marshal Joffre visiting the grave of Lafayette at Picpus.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 2-27
69. American soldiers march by a Frenchman with a bicycle.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 2-28
70. Secretary of the Navy Josephus Daniels
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 3-1
71. Assistant Secretary of the Navy Franklin D. Roosevelt (left).
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 3-2
72. The House Naval Affairs Committee aboard the USS Queenstown.
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 3-3
73. The battleship USS Louisiana
  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 3-4
74. The battleship USS Arizona
  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 3-5
75. The USS Charleston, a cruiser
  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 3-6
76. The cruiser USS Pueblo
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-7
77. The gunboat USS Essex
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-8
78. US Submarine 284
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-9
79. US Submarine Tarpon
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-10
80. Torpedo boat USS Bainbridge
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-11
81. Torpedo boat USS Blakely
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-12
82. Fuel ship USS Ajax
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 3-13
83. Supply ship USS Celtic
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-14
84. “The Admiral’s Barge” belonging to the USS Mayflower.
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-15
85. HMS Dreadnought
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-16
86. Kaiser Wilhelm II at Kiel.
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-17
87. German battleship Geschnrader (left) and other German warships in the North Sea.
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 3-18
88. German battleship Deutschland
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-19
89. German battleship Schleswig-Holstein
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-20
90. Admiral Jellicoe of the British Royal Navy
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-21
91. Admiral von Scheer of the German Navy.
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-22
92. German submarines U-103, U-108, and U-113
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 3-23
93. German submarine Deutschland Bremen
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 3-24
94. German submarine U-14
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 3-25
95. Admiral George Dewey
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 3-26
96. Admiral George Sims
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 3-27
97. HMS Vindictive sunk off the coast of Belgium.
  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 3-28
98. The hospital ship Gloucester Castle sinking in the Mediterranean
  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 3-29
99. A German submarine torpedoing British ships in the North Sea.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 3-30
100. USS Pennsylvania
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 3-31
101. USS Shawmut (left) leading a convoy column, flying the division guide pennant and a submarine warning flag somewhere in the North Sea.
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 4-1
102. Destroyer guarding a transport in the North Sea.
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-2
103. The USS Covington sinking near the coast of France, July 1918.
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-3
104. USS Whipple using “Y gun” to launch a 300-pound depth bomb while guarding a convoy in the North Sea.
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-4
105. The German raider Alexandra Agassiz being towed by a U.S. Navy ship.
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 4-5
106. German prisoners aboard a U.S. warship after being taken from the raider Alexandra Agassiz.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-6
107. Unidentified German torpedo boats in the North Sea.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-7
108. American troops on a train heading for their port of embarkation.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 4-8
109. Crowded ship conditions for troops heading to Europe.
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-9
110. Soldiers passing time gambling.
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-10
111. Crewmen aboard ship.
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-11
112. A medical isolation ward aboard ship.

This space was formerly used for cargo.

  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-12
113. U.S. Marines coming alongside a port in France to be unloaded.
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 4-13
114. U.S. transports arriving at St. Nazaire, France.
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-14
115. Marines disembarking in France.
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-15
116. Marines in France unloading their transport.
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-16
117. U.S. soldiers working in a war garden.
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 4-17
118. An English woman working on a farm to help supply the British army.
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-18
119. German prisoners equipped with scythes and rakes marching to cut wheat on farms somewhere in France.
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-19
120. Mine layer USS San Francisco
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 4-20
121. Mine layer USS Baltimore
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-21
122. An unknown mine layer somewhere in the Atlantic.
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-22
123. USN 404, a fleet of mines in the North Sea.
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-23
124. Mines aboard the USS San Francisco
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-24
125. Poster urging men to join the famous Fighting 69th Irish Regiment
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-25
126. Poster urging American men to join the Air Service.
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-26
127. Poster urging men to join the Army.
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 4-27
128. Men being urged to finish Liberty Destroyer 139.
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 4-28
129. Builders who worked on Liberty Destroyer 139.
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 4-29
130. The roster of the men selected to build Liberty Destroyer 139.
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 4-30
131. The Liberty Destroyer Santa Ana in port after its launch.
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 4-31
132. A merchant marine ship being built.
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 4-32
133. Workers with a sign over their heads reading “Thirty days or bust.”
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 4-33
134. Marines arriving at St. Nazaire, France.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-1
135. Marines aboard ship.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 5-2
136. Colonel Douglas MacArthur
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-3
137. General James Harbord
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 5-4
138. French citizens watch a parade of Yanks march through town.
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 5-5
139. A parade featuring a French military band.
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 5-6
140. U.S. Marines in railcars on their way to assignment.
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-7
141. Schoolchildren welcoming U.S. Marines.
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-8
142. Field marshal Sir Douglas Haig
  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 5-9
143. Prime Minister David Lloyd George
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-10
144. An American encampment of pup tents.
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-11
145. Wooden barracks being erected.
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-12
146. The 16th Infantry Regiment’s camp kitchen.
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 5-13
147. Soldiers waiting for food at the mess tent.
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-14
148. Soldiers stringing cable over railroad tracks.
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-15
149. Charles Dawes, head of the General Purchasing Board.
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 5-16
150. British instructor giving lessons to GI’s on the use of grenades.
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 5-17
151. Highland instructors
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 5-18
152. Group of French tank officers and crews instructing Americans on tank warfare.
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-19
153. Americans being trained to throw grenades.
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-20
154. Another group of Americans being trained to throw grenades.
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 5-21
155. Bayonet practice
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-22
156. Practicing a French method of using a bayonet.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-23
157. GI’s receiving machine gun instruction.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-24
158. GI rigging telephone lines.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-25
159. Americans digging trenches near Hermitage, France.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-26
160. Soldiers filling canteens with purified water.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 5-27
161. Soldiers removing outer garments for physical training.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-28
162. Soldiers preparing for a three-legged race training exercise.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-29
163. Soldiers preparing for a three-legged race training exercise.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-30
164. Soldiers playing baseball.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-31
165. Soldiers playing baseball.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 5-32
166. Boxing match
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-33
167. Cockfighting
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-34
168. 16th Infantry field training
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-35
169. Color guard, 16th Infantry
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-36
170. Trophies and prizes waiting to be awarded.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-37
171. General Pershing awarding trophies at field day.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 5-38
172. The pay tent
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-39
173. Pay day for the 5th Marines
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-40
174. A soldier trying to count his French Francs.
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-41
175. Soldiers gambling their money away ten minutes after collecting their pay.
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-42
176. Group of French Chasseurs Alpine instructors in Gondrecourt, France.
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 5-43
177. George C. Marshall
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-44
178. Charles Summerall
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-45
179. Colonel Hanson Ely
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-46
180. Frank Parker
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-47
181. Target training
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 5-48
182. Major General Robert Lee Bullard
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 5-49
183. General William Sibert
  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 5-50
184. American soldiers in place with their Springfield rifles.
  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 6-1
185. Men from the 18th Infantry Regiment cleaning their weapons.
  • Page number: 73
  • Photo number: 6-2
186. American soldier being accosted by a civilian.

Note the bayonet on his rifle.

  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-3
187. A soldier throwing a hand grenade.
  • Page number: 74
  • Photo number: 6-4
188. Soldiers loading hand grenades.
  • Page number: 75
  • Photo number: 6-5
189. An American private wearing the poorly designed British-style helmet, which left the sides of the head exposed.
  • Page number: 75
  • Photo number: 6-6
190. Soldier carrying a regulation pack.
  • Page number: 75
  • Photo number: 6-7
191. Officers wearing Stetson campaign hats.
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-8
192. Officers wearing overseas caps.
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-9
193. U.S. 18th Infantry with full packs en route to the front.
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-10
194. Five soldiers displaying full packs of equipment.
  • Page number: 76
  • Photo number: 6-11
195. Soldiers in gas masks go over the top.
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-12
196. Infantrymen ready to fire a machine gun.

Note the soldier on his back feeding ammunition.

  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-13
197. Officer talking to his machine gunners at the front.
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-14
198. Machine gun crew training.
  • Page number: 77
  • Photo number: 6-15
199. American machine gun crew firing at a German airplane.
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-16
200. American machine gunner, on the second line of defense, firing at a German airplane.
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-17
201. An old wagon wheel made into a solid revolving base for the Hotchkiss antiaircraft gun.
  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-18
202. A stockpile of artillery shells.

Note the men regulating the fuses for future use.

  • Page number: 78
  • Photo number: 6-19
203. A French 75 loaded with gas shells.

Note the soldiers with gas masks.

  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-20
204. American soldiers loading a captured German 77mm gun.
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-21
205. Entrance to the 16th Infantry Regiment Headquarters blocked by rubble.
  • Page number: 79
  • Photo number: 6-22
206. A counterbattery weapon being used as an antiaircraft gun.
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-23
207. 105mm Howitzers in action.
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-24
208. A Japanese observer (center right) inspecting a 155mm howitzer.
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-25
209. Men of the 23rd Infantry Regiment use a captured German howitzer against their enemy.
  • Page number: 80
  • Photo number: 6-26
210. Another captured German howitzer being used by U.S. soldiers of the 15th Field Artillery.
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-27
211. Lieutenant Robert Crane, 15th Field Artillery, operates a German 150mm gun.
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-28
212. American soldiers pose by German guns turned over to them in Armistice Day, 11 November 1918.
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-29
213. Winston Churchill (right) with David Lloyd George (left).
  • Page number: 81
  • Photo number: 6-30
214. A small British tank put out of action near Chaudon, France.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-31
215. An Allied tank emerging from the woods near Breteuil, France.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-32
216. An American tank from Company C, 327th Tank Battalion, in action at St. Mihiel, France.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-33
217. French tank waiting for the command to go into action near Gutrey, France, on 16 July 1918.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-34
218. A French tank near Breteuil, France, on 11 May 1918.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-35
219. Another French tank operating near Breteuil, France.
  • Page number: 82
  • Photo number: 6-36
220. A large German tank put out of action during a counterattack by a direct hit from a 75mm cannon.
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-37
221. Infantry advancing with support from a tank.
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-38
222. An American tank in trouble near Nonsard, France.
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-39
223. Signal Corps trucks of the 1st Division being loaded with equipment for the front.
  • Page number: 83
  • Photo number: 6-40
224. 5th Marine Regiment (coming down the road) preparing to leave Sommedieue, France, in trucks. French soldiers are in the foreground.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-41
225. Ambulances of the 26th Infantry Division near the front.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-42
226. An American motorcycle drawing attention from French medics (at right).
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-43
227. Horse-drawn caissons in transit near the front.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-44
228. 18th Infantry Regiment machine gun crew equipment being drawn by horses.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-45
229. Horse-driven caissons on their way to the front near the Ardennes, France.
  • Page number: 84
  • Photo number: 6-46
230. Brigadier General B. B. Buck mounted on “Coley,” his favorite horse.
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-47
231. German officers and soldiers turning over their bicycles and equipment to the Americans, 18 November 1918.
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-48
232. German officers and soldiers turning over their bicycles and equipment to the Americans, 18 November 1918.
  • Page number: 85
  • Photo number: 6-49
233. Doughboys in the trenches, Einville, Meurthe et Moselle, France, March 1918.
  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 7-1
234. Wounded soldier of the 16th Infantry Regiment.
  • Page number: 89
  • Photo number: 7-2
235. Corporal James R. Gresham
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 7-3
236. Private Merle D. Hay
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 7-4
237. Private Thomas F. Enright
  • Page number: 90
  • Photo number: 7-5
238. The graves of the first three American soldiers to die in France.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 7-6
239. The funeral service for Gresham, Enright, and Hay attended by American and French officers.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 7-7
240. Major Theodore Roosevelt, Jr.
  • Page number: 91
  • Photo number: 7-8
241. Colonel Edward House, President Wilson’s advisor
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 7-9
242. Major General Tasker H. Bliss
  • Page number: 92
  • Photo number: 7-10
243. General Pershing (left) and President Raymond Poincare (second from left) with other officer and dignitaries observing the troops.
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-11
244. General Pershing (second from right) and General Bullard (right) and their staffs in Tartigny, France, June 1918.
  • Page number: 93
  • Photo number: 7-12
245. Soldiers of Company B, 4th Engineer, 2nd Division, preparing a bombing trench, Nanteuil-sur-Marne,, France, June 1918.
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-13
246. Major General Omar Bundy
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-14
247. U.S. Marine band
  • Page number: 94
  • Photo number: 7-15
248. Major General Hunter Liggett
  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-16
249. A joint French-American training exercise near Gondrecourt, France, October 1917.

The French soldiers are in the foreground.

  • Page number: 95
  • Photo number: 7-17
250. Company B, 26th Infantry Regiment, 1st Division, on their way to the front near Royaumeix, France, March 1918.
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-18
251. 1st Trench Mortar battery, 1st Division, on their way to the front, January 1918.
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-19
252. Barracks of the 1st Engineers in the cold and snow, Gondrecourt, France, January 1918.
  • Page number: 96
  • Photo number: 7-20
253. 1st Infantry Division in the front line trenches, Ansauville sector.
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-21
254. 1st Infantry Division soldiers on guard duty in a lookout trench.
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-22
255. A dugout used by the 1st Division as a shelter from artillery bombardment.
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-23
256. American 1st Division troops in the front line trenches, early 1918.
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-24
257. Field kitchen of the 1st Division near Meurthe-et-Moselle, France, November 1917.
  • Page number: 97
  • Photo number: 7-25
258. Smoke screen used by an 18th Infantry Regiment raiding party, Gondrecourt, France, October 1917.
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-26
259. Paul Meier (center), 259th German Reserve, taken prisoner by U.S. 18th Infantry in a raid, Menil-la-tour, France, March 1918.
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-27
260. German prisoners being brought in the 16th Infantry, September 1918.
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-28
261. More captured Germans being led by American guards.
  • Page number: 98
  • Photo number: 7-29
262. German liquid fire machines (flame throwers) captured by men of the 18th Infantry, March 1918.
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-30
263. A wounded man from the 2nd Division arriving at the 15th Field Hospital near Montreuial, France, June 1918.
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-31
264. Wounded arriving at the 15th Field Hospital in Montreuial, France, June 1918.
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-32
265. Private John A. Coolidge of the 1st Field Battalion, Signal Corps, being operated on at the 1st Field Hospital Unit in Bezu, France, June 1918.
  • Page number: 99
  • Photo number: 7-33
266. Troops lined up to get food.
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-34
267. Troops enjoying a meal outside the trenches.
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-35
268. An unidentified GI enjoys a back scrubbing.
  • Page number: 100
  • Photo number: 7-36
269. GI’s washing their clothes.
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-37
270. Soldiers of the 1st Infantry Division eating dinner immediately behind the first line trenches near Petit Froissey, France, May 1918.
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-38
271. Soldiers of the 16th Infantry Regiment entertaining themselves with a piano.
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-39
272. General Payton March
  • Page number: 101
  • Photo number: 7-40
273. George Creel
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 8-1
274. The famous Uncle Sam recruiting poster
  • Page number: 105
  • Photo number: 8-2
275. Poster urging citizens to buy war bands
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 8-3
276. A war bond postcard that urges Americans to buy war bonds but also demonizes the Germans.
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 8-4
277. Entertainer Elsie Janis, who performed for troops in France.
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 8-5
278. Salvation Army canteen in France, June 1918
  • Page number: 106
  • Photo number: 8-6
279. A trench mirror, which along with a New Testament saved a man’s life by stopping a bullet, being held by correspondent Bert Ford, Bonvillers, France, May 1918.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 8-7
280. Empty artillery shells ready to be loaded.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 8-8
281. Workers removing hot steel from the furnace before sending it to the rolling machine.
  • Page number: 107
  • Photo number: 8-9
282. A view showing the length and diameter of hot, rolling steel.
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-10
283. Hammering steel bars used for gun shields
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-11
284. A factory producing guns for the U.S. military
  • Page number: 108
  • Photo number: 8-12
285. Limbers and caissons being manufactured at the Bethlehem Steel Co. in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania.
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-13
286. A merchant marine ship in its final stage of building.
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-14
287. Lowering the stern of the ship into place
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-15
288. A progress photo posted on a bulletin board of a ship being built at an unknown shipyard.
  • Page number: 109
  • Photo number: 8-16
289. Certificate of enrollment for U. S. shipyard volunteers
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-17
290. Shipyard workers attending a patriotic meeting during their lunch hour.
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-18
291. Sentry duty at an east coast shipyard
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-19
292. Female workers at a rubber factory in Ohio
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-20
293. Vocational training for women at a machine shop of the Packard Motor Company in Detroit, Michigan.
  • Page number: 110
  • Photo number: 8-21
294. Women workers in Yonkers, New York, at the Habershaw Wire & Cable Corporation.
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-22
295. Women working at a clothing factory
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-23
296. Another view of women working in a clothing factory
  • Page number: 111
  • Photo number: 8-24
297. A woman welding a cylinder of a Liberty ship engine at the Nordyke and Marmon Company, a plant in Indianapolis, Indiana.
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-25
298. Women airplane builders
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-26
299. Three women with the first wind panel made in a manufacturing department, Naval Aircraft Factory, Philadelphia Navy Yard
  • Page number: 112
  • Photo number: 8-27
300. Secretary of War Newton D. Baker leaving 1st Division headquarters.
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 9-1
301. The port at St. Nazaire, France
  • Page number: 115
  • Photo number: 9-2
302. Nurse with Secretary Baker (left) and General Pershing (center) at St. Savenay Hospital.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 9-3
303. The 16th Infantry Regiment passing in review.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 9-4
304. Members of the “Big Red One” Infantry Division being decorated for heroism.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 9-5
305. Secretary Baker (left) poses with Private Carlisle Babcock of Headquarters 2nd Division in March 1918.
  • Page number: 116
  • Photo number: 9-6
306. Ferdinand Foch, Supreme Allied Commander
  • Page number: 117
  • Photo number: 9-7
307. Machine Gun Company, 18th Infantry Regiment, 1st Division, on their first day out of the trenches.
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 9-8
308. An American infantryman cleaning mud from his puttees (cloth leggings).
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 9-9
309. 1st Division, First Aid Station – note how it is concealed from observation by trees and camouflage.
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 9-10
310. Corporal Nick Treger, Company D, 16th Infantry, being attended to at Red Cross Hospital No. 2 in Paris, France.
  • Page number: 118
  • Photo number: 9-11
311. Wounded on stretchers being placed aboard the hospital ship Mercy at St. Nazaire for transportation to America.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 9-12
312. General Pershing addressing the officers of the 16th and 18th Infantries at Gondrecourt, France, March 1918.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 9-13
313. A battery of the 5th Field Artillery, 1st Division, on the road near Toul, France, where they will board a train for the British-French front, March 1918.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 9-14
314. The 6th Field Artillery, 1st Division, placing guns in position at Missy-aux-Bois, France, July 1918.
  • Page number: 119
  • Photo number: 9-15
315. Members of the 132nd Infantry, Illinois National Guard, in the front line trenches expecting an attack any moment, near the Meuse River, France, September 1918.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 9-16
316. A gun crew from Regimental Headquarters Company, 23rd Infantry Regiment, 2nd Division, firing a 37mm gun during an advance against German entrenched positions.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 9-17
317. Overview of the taking of Cantigny, 28 May 1918, by the 28th Infantry Regiment, 1st Division, U. S. Army.
  • Page number: 120
  • Photo number: 9-18
318. Left to right: Brigadier General F. C. Marshall, Mrs. Theodore Roosevelt Jr., Lieutenant Colonel Boswell, and Lieutenant Colonel Theodore Roosevelt Jr., at Romagne, France
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-19
319. German prisoners captured in July 1918 by the U. S. 9th and 23rd Infantry Regiments, 2nd Division, at Chateau Thierry, France.
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-20
320. Barbed-wire receiving station crowded with German prisoners, Mesnit St. Firmin, France, May 1918.
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-21
321. Marshal Petain
  • Page number: 121
  • Photo number: 9-22
322. Men of the 26th Infantry, 1st Battalion, on their way to the front in Maron, France, 6 April 1918.
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-23
323. Men of the 2nd Marine Division, led by Major J. S. Turrill en route to a rest camp after sixteen days at the front, Chateau Thierry, France, 18 June 1918.
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-24
324. Reserves of the 16th Infantry, 1st Division, going into action near Chaudon, France, 16 July 1918.
  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-25
325. Bridge across the Aire River blown up by retreating Germans.

Note the temporary footbridge built by engineers of the 1st Division in Floville, France, October 1918.

  • Page number: 122
  • Photo number: 9-26
326. American troops in the ruins of the village of Lahayvillo, France, September 1918.
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-27
327. Major General Bundy (left) chatting with Colonel A. W. Catlin, winner of the Medal of Honor in Sommedieue, France, April 1918.
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-28
328. Brigadier General Charles Doyen
  • Page number: 123
  • Photo number: 9-29
329. Colonel Paul B. Malone
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-30
330. Drawing by Captain W. Morgan depicting a dugout of the 5th Marines in Bois de Belleau (Belleau Wood).
  • Page number: 124
  • Photo number: 9-31
331. Another drawing by Captain W. Morgan showing men of the 5th Division near Montreuil, France.

The woods where men were encamped were still in range of the German guns. The men built dugouts in which they would disappear at the first sound of trouble.

  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-32
332. Major General J. T. Dickman (center) with aides leaving the headquarters of the 1st Division in Nonsard, France, September 1918.
  • Page number: 125
  • Photo number: 9-33
333. A trench built through rock by Company A, 2nd Engineer, between Menil las Tour and Andilly, France, March 1918.
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 9-35
334. Private Kraus (front), 272nd Infantry, German Army, captured by the 1st Division, being taken to an interrogation center, Mesnil St. Firmin, France in May 1918.
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 9-36
335. Men of the 18th Machine Gun Battalion, 1st Division, enjoying a game of cards during a few moments of rest in Petit Froissy, France, May 1918.
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 9-37
336. Men of the 18th Infantry Regiment, 1st Division, washing their feet after a hike, April 1918.
  • Page number: 126
  • Photo number: 9-38
337. The Wright brother prepare for the world’s first flight, 17 December 1903, at Kitty Hawk, North Carolina.
  • Page number: 129
  • Photo number: 10-1
338. A machine gun used by Americans on French airplanes during World War I.
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 10-2
339. Hermann Goering with forward mounted machine gun
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 10-3
340. The Red Barron, Manfred von Richthofen
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 10-4
341. A typical hanger built by Americans to house a future American air fleet (the war was over before they were used).
  • Page number: 130
  • Photo number: 10-5
342. An airfield where American pilots were trained
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 10-6
343. Curtis JN4-D
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 10-7
344. French Nieuport XI
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 10-8
345. General Billy Mitchell
  • Page number: 131
  • Photo number: 10-9
346. General Benjamin Foulois
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 10-10
347. Two airmen and a plane displaying the “Hat in the Ring” squadron symbol.
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 10-11
348. Raoul Lufberry (left) and another member of the Lafayette Escadrille
  • Page number: 132
  • Photo number: 10-12
349. A German Albatross
  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 10-13
350. Bi-winged German Pfalz scouts
  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 10-14
351. Captain Eddie Rickenbacker of the 94th Hat in the Ring squadron was credited with bringing down twenty-two enemy aircraft.
  • Page number: 133
  • Photo number: 10-15
352. Rickenbacker (fourth from the right) and others receiving medals.
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 10-16
353. Quentin Roosevelt next to a German Foffer D VII aircraft
  • Page number: 134
  • Photo number: 10-17
354. The Spad Frank Luke would fly on his last mission.
  • Page number: 135
  • Photo number: 10-19
355. Famous army chaplain, Father Duffy, conducting a service over the grave of Quentin Roosevelt.
  • Page number: 135
  • Photo number: 10-18
356. A Fokker biplane
  • Page number: 135
  • Photo number: 10-20
357. An observation balloon
  • Page number: 135
  • Photo number: 10-21
358. The crew of an observation balloon from the 2nd Balloon Company near Montreuil, France, July 1918.
  • Page number: 136
  • Photo number: 10-22
359. Observation balloon of the 2nd Balloon Company ascending near Picardy Farm, France, July 1918.
  • Page number: 136
  • Photo number: 10-23
360. Observer bailing out of a balloon near Meurtha-et-Moselle, France, November 1918.
  • Page number: 136
  • Photo number: 10-24
361. Bristol fighter
  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 10-25
362. A wrecked Sopwith Camel fighter
  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 10-26
363. De Havilland DH4, the first American plane placed in France, June 1918.
  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 10-27
364. Caproni biplane bomber
  • Page number: 137
  • Photo number: 10-28
365. A German Rumpler pursuit plane
  • Page number: 138
  • Photo number: 10-29
366. A German Gotha bomber
  • Page number: 138
  • Photo number: 10-30
367. A Fokker triplane
  • Page number: 138
  • Photo number: 10-31
368. General Hunter Liggett (left) and General Robert Bullard (right)
  • Page number: 141
  • Photo number: 11-1
369. A French 75 mm Battery in action
  • Page number: 142
  • Photo number: 11-2
370. American troops going over the top.
  • Page number: 142
  • Photo number: 11-3
371. American infantry advancing over open terrain, fall 1918.
  • Page number: 143
  • Photo number: 11-4
372. German soldiers waiting in the trenches for Americans.
  • Page number: 143
  • Photo number: 11-5
373. Wounded doughboys being helped
  • Page number: 143
  • Photo number: 11-6
374. Stretcher bearers carrying wounded comrades of the 36th Division.
  • Page number: 143
  • Photo number: 11-7
375. Stretchers bearers carrying a wounded man through the mud to safety.
  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 11-8
376. “Cher Ami,” the famous pigeon
  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 11-9
377. Foch (left) and Pershing
  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 11-10
378. Two Yanks setting out on a trench raid.

Around their necks are canvas bags holding grenades.

  • Page number: 144
  • Photo number: 11-11
379. Withdrawing from the front, men of the 16th Infantry Regiment, 1st Division, coming over a hill marching to Meuse, France, November 1918.
  • Page number: 145
  • Photo number: 11-12
380. Lieutenant General George Patton
  • Page number: 145
  • Photo number: 11-13
381. Sergeant Alvin C. York
  • Page number: 145
  • Photo number: 11-14
382. Tanks help break through the Hindenburg line.
  • Page number: 146
  • Photo number: 11-15
383. Yanks celebrate the armistice, 11 November 1918.
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 11-16
384. American sailor (second from left) and Red Cross nurse (second from right) with two French soldiers celebrating the armistice.
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 11-17
385. A horse being loaded onto train on the way to a victory celebration in Paris, France.
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 11-18
386. U. S. 1st Division troops with arms stacked on the street facing the Rhine River in Boppard, Germany, 10 December 1918.
  • Page number: 147
  • Photo number: 11-19
387. Citizens standing in front of a store in Luxembourg welcoming the arrival of the U. S. 18th Infantry Regiment, 1st Division, as they march along the main street, 20 November 1918.
  • Page number: 148
  • Photo number: 11-20
388. General Pershing (left) and the Grand Duchess of Luxembourg (second form the left) along with several other generals reviewing the 18th Infantry, 1st Division, as they pass the Grand Palace, 20 November 1918.
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 11-21
389. Crowds on the main street of Luxembourg welcoming men of the 18th Infantry, 1st Division, as they march through the city, 20 November 1918.
  • Page number: 149
  • Photo number: 11-22
390. French troops parade through Paris, France, 4 July 1919.
  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 11-23
391. Children watching and welcoming the 28th Regiment of the 1st Infantry Division liberating Cheveauges, France, from the Germans, 8 November 1918.
  • Page number: 150
  • Photo number: 11-24
392. Members of the 28th Infantry, 1st Division, at the statue of Joan of Arc, Treveray, France.
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 11-25
393. U.S. 18th Infantry, 1st Division, crossing the Mosselle River into Muhl, Germany, 1 December 1918.
  • Page number: 151
  • Photo number: 11-26
394. General Pershing (front and center) and General Charles Sommerall (left) with officers of the 1st Division reviewing men who were decorated with the Distinguished Service Cross in Vertuzey, France, 20 November 1918.
  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 11-27
395. Left to right: Major General Edward McGlachlin, Marshall Petain, Major General Allen, and Major General Robert Howze in Coblenz, Germany, 18 July 1919.
  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 11-28
396. Lieutenant Colonel G. E. Freeman decorating two sergeants for bravery in Neymont, France, 17 November 1918.
  • Page number: 152
  • Photo number: 11-29
397. Left to right: Captain Sidney Graves, Corporal Robert Winkler, and Private J. A. Jarvis, who received the Croix du Guerre for bravery.
  • Page number: 153
  • Photo number: 11-30
398. Tyne Cot Cemetery in Ypres, Belgium
  • Page number: 153
  • Photo number: 11-31
399. Aisne-Marne American Cemetery near Belleau, France
  • Page number: 154
  • Photo number: 11-32
400. “The Big Four”: David Lloyd George of Britain, Vittorio Orlando of Italy, Georges Clemenceau of France, and Woodrow Wilson of the United States
  • Page number: 157
  • Photo number: 12-1
401. Georges Clemenceau
  • Page number: 157
  • Photo number: 12-2
402. David Lloyd George
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 12-3
403. Vittorio Orlando
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 12-4
404. Woodrow Wilson
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 12-5
405. The 16th Infantry Regiment led by Lieutenant Colonel C. R. Huebner passing through the victory arch in New York City’s Washington Square Park, 15 September 1919.
  • Page number: 158
  • Photo number: 12-6
406. The New York City victory parade as seen from Fifth Avenue and East 82nd Street, 15 September 1919.

Viewing the parade from this vantage point were Secretary of War Newton Baker, Mayor of New York J. F. Hylan, and ex-Secretary of the Treasury William G. McAdoo.

  • Page number: 159
  • Photo number: 12-7
407. Left to right: unidentified, General Barry Rodman Wanamaker, unidentified, Chief-of-Staff General Marsh, Governor Smith, Mayor Hylan, unidentified, and others in the reviewing stand, 15 September 1919.
  • Page number: 159
  • Photo number: 12-8
408. General John Pershing in a victory parade passing the Peace Monument in Washington, D. C., 17 September 1919.
  • Page number: 160
  • Photo number: 12-9
409. The 18th Infantry Regiment marching in the Washington, D. C. victory parade.
  • Page number: 160
  • Photo number: 12-10
410. The entire 18th Infantry Regiment grouped on the U. S. Capitol steps on 17 September 1919.
  • Page number: 161
  • Photo number: 12-11
411. View of the 18th Infantry Regiment tractors coming up Pennsylvania Avenue on 17 September 1919.
  • Page number: 161
  • Photo number: 12-12
412. A Cole Eight luxury car “side swiped” by a truck of the 1st Division supply train while en route from New York City to Washington D.C., to participate in the parade, 15 September 1919.
  • Page number: 162
  • Photo number: 12-13
413. Wreck of a liberty truck of the 1st Division while en route from New York City to Washington D. C.

This truck ran off the road on a steep grade and a bad turn on 15 September 1919.

  • Page number: 162
  • Photo number: 12-14
414. John Maynard Keynes.
  • Page number: 162
  • Photo number: 12-15
415. Senator Henry Cabot Lodge
  • Page number: 163
  • Photo number: 12-16
416. William Randolph Hearst
  • Page number: 163
  • Photo number: 12-17
417. Warren G. Harding
  • Page number: 163
  • Photo number: 12-18
418. Adolph Hitler
  • Page number: 163
  • Photo number: 12-19
419. Vladimir Lenin (left) and Joseph Stalin (right)
  • Page number: 164
  • Photo number: 12-20
Folder 12-18 Extras, 1917 - 1918
Folder 19-20 Photocopied, 1917 - 1920

Section: Personal


Box Photo 6
Folder 1-3 Goldstein, 1914 - 1920
Folder 4 Prange, 1940s - 1970s

Subseries 2. World War II

Scope and Content Notes:

Within this subseries, the images are arranged alphabetically by book title. Under each title the photographs are separated into published and unpublished images. The published images are arranged exactly as they appear in the books and are followed by the unpublished images. In addition to images considered for the pictorial, the D-Day photographs contain images gathered for the ABC documentary “D-Day: A Soldier’s Story.” A large portion of the unpublished photographs are filed under The Way It Was, simply because it was one of the last Pearl Harbor-related books written or edited by Goldstein that included photographs. All the photographs not directly tied to a specific book are located under the category “miscellaneous unpublished images,” which is arranged by topic. Researchers wishing to view images of the daily activities of soldiers serving in the European theater should consult the photographs from the Curran and Finkel scrapbooks. The Finkel photographs also include aerial shots of Paris, Normandy, and the Rhine that were taken during bombing expeditions.

Section: D-Day Normandy: The Story and the Photographs


Box Photo 7
Folder 1-12 Published Images, 1942 - 1964
1. President Franklin D. Roosevelt signs the American declaration of war in December 1941.

His Arm band denotes mourning for his mother, who had died that autumn. Note Sam Rayburn's signature on the declaration.

  • Page number:
  • Photo number: 1-1
2. King George VI, in admiral's uniform, makes an inspection tour of the heavy cruiser, USS Augusta (CA-31) at Portland, England, just after 1400 on 25 May 1944.

Note camouflage paint on barrels of Augusta's main battery.

  • Page number:
  • Photo number: 1-2
3. Winston S. Churchill, prime minister of Great Britain (center, front row), attends a conference with President Roosevelt.

Adm. Ernest J. King is at far left in the front row, and Adm. Lord Louis Mountbatten stands between Churchill and FDR.

  • Page number: 1
  • Photo number: 1-3
4. General Dwight D. Eisenhower, commander, Supreme Allied Command, Allied Expeditionary Force.

This photo was taken in 1945 after Ike received his fifth star.

  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-4
5. Gen. Sir Bernard Montgomery commander in chief of land forces, Allied Expeditionary Force, and commander in chief, 21st Army Group.

The 2nd British Army & 1st Canadian Army were also under his command. This photo shows Monty sitting in an M-5 Grant tank in North Africa.

  • Page number: 2
  • Photo number: 1-5
6. Lt. Gen. Omar Bradley, commander, American Ground Forces (left), meets Gen. George Marshall, chief of staff, U.S. Army (center), and Gen. Henry Arnold, commander, USAAF (right), on 12 June 1944 in Normandy.
  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-6
7. Maj. Gen. Leonard Gerow, commanding general, U.S. V Corps (center), sits with Maj. Gen. Clarence Huebner, commander, 1st Infantry Div. (left), and with the commander of his shore party, Brig. Gen. W. Hoge (right).

Photo taken 5 June 1944, aboard the USS Ancon (AGC-4).

  • Page number: 3
  • Photo number: 1-7
8. Maj. Gen. J. Lawton Collins, commanding general, VII Corps.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-8
9. Maj. Gen. Raymond O. Barton addresses troops of the 22nd Infantry Regiment in July 1944 following the fall of Cherbourg.
  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-9
10. Maj. Gen. Matthew B. Ridgway, commanding general, 82nd Airborne Div. (left), confers with his assistant, Brig. Gen. James Gavin.

This photo, showing Gavin as a major general, was taken on 20 January 1945, near the close of the Ardennes campaign.

  • Page number: 4
  • Photo number: 1-10
11. Maj. Gen. Maxwell Taylor, commanding general, 101st Airborne Division.
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-11
12. Brig. Gen. Anthony McAuliffe, assistant commander, 101st Airborne Division.
  • Page number: 5
  • Photo number: 1-12
13. Lt. Gen. George Patton, commanding general, U.S. 3rd Army, standing in a Dodge 3/4-ton command vehicle as he confers with one of his officers in Sicily, 1943.
  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-13
14. Adm. Sir Bertram Ramsay, RN, commander in chief, naval forces, Allied Expeditionary Forces (left), strolls with Rear Adm. John Hall, commander, Task Force 124.

Taken aboard Ancon, 24 May 1944.

  • Page number: 6
  • Photo number: 1-14
15. Rear Adm. Alan Kirk, commander, Task Force 122, WeRear Adm. Alan Kirk, commander, Task Force 122, Western Naval Force, watching the Normandy landing from his flagship, Augusta.stern Naval Force, watching the Normandy landing from his flagship, Augusta.
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-15
16. Rear Adm. Donald Moon, commander, Task Force 125.

Photo taken at Algiers on 24 March 1944.

  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-16
17. Rear Adm. Morton Deyo, commander, Task Force "U" Bombardment Group (right), with Kirk (center), and Ike (left), 19 May 1944, on board Tuscaloosa.
  • Page number: 7
  • Photo number: 1-17
18. Rear Adm. John Hall, commander, Task Force 124, shown on his flagship, Ancon, in the English Channel, June 1944.
  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 1-18
19. Rear Adm. Carlton Bryant, commander, Force "O" Bombardment Group.

This photo was taken in December 1950.

  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 1-19
20. Commodore Campbell Edgar, commander, Task Force 126.

In this photo he is a captain in command of the transport USS William P. Biddle (APA-15) about 1941.

  • Page number: 8
  • Photo number: 1-20
21. General Henry H. "Hap" Arnold, commander, U.S. Army Air Force.
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-21
22. General Eisenhower (left) inspects a 9th Air Force fighter base in march 1944, accompanied by Maj. Gen. Lewis Bereton, commanding general, 9th Air Force (right), and Brig. Gen. Elwood Quesada, chief, 9th Fighter Command (center).
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-22
23. British Air Marshal Sir Trafford Leigh-Mallory, commander in chief, Allied Expeditionary Air Forces.
  • Page number: 9
  • Photo number: 1-23
24. Adolph Hitler, chancellor of the German Reich (right), rides with Italian dictator Benito Mussolini (left) during their heyday.
  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-24
25. Generalfeldmarschall Wilhelm Keitel, chief of OKW (left), chats with Reichsfuhrer-SS Heinrich Himmler (right), probably before the war.
  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-25
26. General der Artillerie Alfred Jodl, chief of staff of the German Army.

Hitler retained titular command.

  • Page number: 10
  • Photo number: 1-26
27. Generalfeldmarschall Gerd von Rundstedt, commander in chief in the West.

This photo was taken following his capture in 1945.

  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-27
28. Generalfeldmarschall Gunther von Kluge, successor to Rundstedt as OB West.

He is shown here with Hitler during the 1935 Fall Maneuvers.

  • Page number: 11
  • Photo number: 1-28
29. Generalfeldmarschall Erwin Rommel, commander, Army Group B in Normandy.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-29
30. Generaloberst Heinz Guderian, inspector general of Panzers.
  • Page number: 12
  • Photo number: 1-30
31. Generaloberst Friedrich Dollman, commanding general, 7th Army.

Note on the right breast of Dollman’s tunic the thread loops used to secure decorations and ribbon bars.

  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-31
32. Obergruppenfuhrer Paul Hausser, successor to Dollman as commander, 7th Army, following Normandy.
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-32
33. General der Artillerie Erich Marcks (left), commander of the 7th Army’s 84th Corps, with lay within the Normandy sector.
  • Page number: 13
  • Photo number: 1-33
34. Reichmarschall Hermann Goring, chief of OKL.
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-34
35. Gen. Adolph Galland, commander, German Fighter Command.
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-35
36. Grossadmiral Karl Donitz, admiral of the fleet, Kreigsmarine (German Navy) and KM (Naval High Command).
  • Page number: 14
  • Photo number: 1-36
37. Adm. Theodor Krancke, chief of the Naval Group West (right) speaks with Luftwaffe Gen. Johannes Jeschonneck.
  • Page number: 15
  • Photo number: 1-37
38. Generalleutnant Gunther Blumentritt, OB West chief of staff to von Rundstedt.
  • Page number: 16
  • Photo number: 2-1
39. A German reinforced concrete observation post at Cherbourg.

Note the camouflage paint scheme.

  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 2-2
40. A tired German unteroffizier, or sergeant, comes on board battleship USS Texas on 7 June 1944.
  • Page number: 17
  • Photo number: 2-3
41. Two polish prisoners, likely Volksdeutsche, being interrogated on 15 June 1944.
  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 2-4
42. Ten glum Mongolian Freiwilligen stand under guard on board a U.S. warship in the aftermath of the Normandy invasion.
  • Page number: 18
  • Photo number: 2-5
43. American infantry round up civilian laborers and German and Italian soldiers on Omaha Beach during 6 June 1944.

A wounded American at right stands on guard.

  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 2-6
44. A 153-mm field gun the Germans captured from the Russians and transported to the Normandy front.
  • Page number: 19
  • Photo number: 2-7
45. Generalleutnant Fritz Bayerlein (right), commander, Panzer Lehr Division, reports to General Cruewell during the heyday of the Afrika Korps.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-8
46. A German infantry private (note the white piping on the shoulder straps) demonstrates one of his prior occupations for his American captors on 15 June 1944.
  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-9
47. Karl-Wilhelm von Schlieben, commander, 709th Infantry Division.

Shown here as an oberst early in the war.

  • Page number: 20
  • Photo number: 2-10
48. Comparison of 1943 and 1944 German infantry divisions.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 2-11
49. Comparative firepower of U.S. and German infantry division in 1944.
  • Page number: 21
  • Photo number: 2-12
50. Positions of German divisions in Normandy and vicinity on 6 June 1944.
  • Page number: 22
  • Photo number: 2-13
51. Generalmajor Wilhelm Falley, commander, 91st Infantry Division (right center), confers with General der Artillerie Erich Marcks of the 84th Corps.
  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 2-14
52. Oberst Baron Friedrich-August Freiherr von der Heydte, commander, 6th Fallschirmjager Regiment.

Shown here as a major, listening to a radio in his command car.

  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 2-15
53. Generalleutnant Dietrich Kraiss, commander, 352nd Infantry Division.

Kraiss wears a WWI-era Iron Cross 1st Class, with a "W" for Kaiser "Wilhelm" rather than a swastika in the center.

  • Page number: 23
  • Photo number: 2-16
54. The approach to Omaha Beach as seen from the PT boat that carried Adm. Harold Stark ashore on an inspection tour of the Allied beachhead on 14 June 1944.
  • Page number: 24
  • Photo number: 2-17
55. View from a German 75 mm PAK43 gun position in a Normandy pillbox.

PAK stands for Panzerabwehrkanone (antitank gun).

  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 2-18
56. Cliffs of Normandy at high tide and beach obstacles in the surf.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 2-19
57. View of an invasion beach.
  • Page number: 25
  • Photo number: 2-20
58. Le bocage – the hedgerows of Normandy.
  • Page number: 26-27
  • Photo number: 2-21
59. Railway car full of mines abandoned by the Germans at Cherbourg.

This photo was taken on 3 July 1944.

  • Page number: 26
  • Photo number: 2-22
60. German Teller mines affixed to posts and planted in the surf west of Omaha near Pointe du Hoc.
  • Page number: 26-27
  • Photo number: 2-23
61. Teller mine attached to a pole fashioned from a tree trunk on Utah Beach.
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 2-24
62. A 75mm L24 gun turret from a Mark IIIN Panzer in place on Omaha Beach provides evidence of the effort to recycle outdated armored equipment.
  • Page number: 27
  • Photo number: 2-25
63. German machine-gun position at La Grande Vey between Utah and Omaha beaches.
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 2-26
64. German pillbox in use as an Army command post after the invasion.

Note American equipment.

  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 2-27
65. An incomplete German 105mm gun emplacement of reinforced concrete construction, two mile inland from Fort St.-Marcouf, north of Utah Beach.
  • Page number: 28
  • Photo number: 2-28
66. A 50mm gun emplacement on the beach at la Grande Vey between Utah and Omaha beaches.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 2-29
67. Leaving hurriedly, the Germans failed to remove this minefield sign.
  • Page number: 29
  • Photo number: 2-30
68. Teller mines and other antipersonnel weapons lie on the beach at Normandy, after being "tamed" by Allied sappers.
  • Page number: 30
  • Photo number: 2-31
69. The business end of a German bomb hangs suspended from a cliff overlooking Omaha Beach.

The precise location is not known, but likely it was Point du Hoc, where the 2nd Ranger Battalion landed.

  • Page number: 30
  • Photo number: 2-32
70. German flamethrower near Fort de Foucarville, inland from Utah Beach.
  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 2-33
71. German remote-control "Beetle" miniature tank photographed shortly after the initial landings.

Note the socks drying in the background.

  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 2-34
72. Berman 88mm Flak42 gun.

This example was photographed in Sicily, 7 August 1943.

  • Page number: 31
  • Photo number: 2-35
73. German tank, or panzer, PzKpfw (Panzerkampfwagen) IV Aus H with 75mm L48 gun.

This example taken near Sezze, Italy, on 29 May 1944.

  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 2-36
74. German Kettenkraftrad, or tracked motorcycle, captured in Normandy.

This photo was taken on 14 June 1944 near Isibny. An American soldier sits astride while other soldiers repair the unit for their own transportation.

  • Page number: 32
  • Photo number: 2-37
75. German MG-42 machine gun.
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 2-38
76. Czech Brno light machine gun, captured and put to use by the Germans.
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 2-39
77. American troops in England examine two captured German weapons – a Walther P-38 9mm pistol and an Mp-40 machine pistol.
  • Page number: 33
  • Photo number: 2-40
78. Captured German rifles, bazooka, and range finder.
  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 2-41
79. German Panzerfauste (armored fists) – crude, one-shot bazookas, rigged for demolition toward the end of the war.

Note stencil reading "Vorsicht! Starker Feuerstrahl!" ("Caution! Strong flame jet!")

  • Page number: 34
  • Photo number: 2-42
80. Battleship Nevada (BB-36) in 1944.
  • Page number: 35
  • Photo number: 2-43
81. Battleship Texas (BB-35) on 1 April 1944.
  • Page number: 36
  • Photo number: 2-44
82. Destroyer Thompson (DD-627) seen from Arkansas during preparations fro Normandy, late May 1944.
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 2-46
83. AN LCM makes fast alongside LCI(L)-95 off Utah Beach, 12 June 1944.
  • Page number: 37
  • Photo number: 2-47
84. LCF-22 stands offshore during the invasion rehearsals at Slapton Sands, off the coast of Great Britain.
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 2-48
85. AN LCM, PA13-2, stands ready to take a jeep onboard from a Coast Guard-manned transport during June 1944.
  • Page number: 38
  • Photo number: 2-49
86. LCT-520 releasing its load of trucks on 11 June 1944.

Note how shallow the water is – barely up to the thighs of the crews near the vessel.

  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 2-50
87. British LCT-2008, operating under the American flag, approaches the invasion beaches on 7 June 1944.
  • Page number: 39
  • Photo number: 2-51
88. British LCT(R)-48 turns away from the Normandy beaches after delivering its rockets.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 2-52
89. An LCVP, PA30-31, pulls away form its mother ship during pre-invasion loading operations.
  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 2-53
90. LST-325 and LST-388 unload at low tide during the resupply operations on 12 June 1944.

Note the barrage balloons, single 40mm AA guns, and "Danforth"-style Kedge anchor.

  • Page number: 40
  • Photo number: 2-54
91. The Army DUKW "Jesse James" trudges through the surf to land its load of supplies on 11 June 1944.
  • Page number: 41
  • Photo number: 2-55
92. Two U.S. coast Guard 83-foot patrol boats operate as rescue craft off the Normandy beaches.
  • Page number: 41
  • Photo number: 2-56
93. A Rhino ferry is linked with LST-322 and takes on a full cargo of invasion vehicles during pre-invasion exercises off the English coast.
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 2-57
94. A Rhino ferry loaded with personnel and vehicles and a barrage balloon flies overhead.
  • Page number: 42
  • Photo number: 2-58
95. Republic P-47 Thunderbolt.
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 2-59
96. North American P-51 Mustang, the nemesis of the Luftwaffe day fighter pilot.
  • Page number: 43
  • Photo number: 2-60
97. Martin B-26 Marauder.
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 2-61
98. Douglas A-20 Havoc.
  • Page number: 44
  • Photo number: 2-62
99. B-17F Flying Fortress.

This example is the F variant, already being superseded in large numbers by the G model.

  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 2-63
100. Douglas C-47.
  • Page number: 45
  • Photo number: 2-64
101. Army White M-3 half-rack rolls onto causeway from the ramp of an LCT.

The causeway is composed of Rhine barges. Note the gas can below and in front of the windshield. Navy personnel, identified by circular bands around the bottom of their helmets, direct the activity.

  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 2-65
102. An M-4A2 Sherman tank from a French unit rolls out of an LST onto the sands of Utah Beach.
  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 2-66
103. The American M-4 Sherman "Hurricane" with wading kit rolls onto Utah beach during 6 June.

The tank crews fully expected to have to come onto the beached in several feet of water, hence they modified the air intakes with breather hoods to prevent water from being pulled into the engine, This particular vehicle has a strange mixture of U.S./British markings.

  • Page number: 46
  • Photo number: 2-67
104. Army jeep "Dam Yankee" is towed ashore after floundering in the surf on 12 June.

Note the black driver and the censored vehicle unit data on the front bumper. Just like the tanks, this vehicle is also fitted with an amphibious breathing tube.

  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 2-68
105. An Army M-7 Priest self-propelled, 106mm howitzer, "Big Chief," From Battery B, 42nd Field Artillery, waits to go onboard an LCT at Dartmouth, England, on 1 June 1944.

Breather hoods are just visible in the rear, and a sign on its front says that the vehicle is supposed to load onto LCT-234. The sign in the background, "Simonds, Ales, Wines, and Spirits," suggests that this building might be perhaps a haunt of American servicemen

  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 2-69
106. Hedgerow "plow" affixed to the front of an M-5A1 Stuart light tank.
  • Page number: 47
  • Photo number: 2-70
107. Equipment carried by a parachutist rifleman.
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 2-71
108. Parachutist equipment for a rifle grenadier.
  • Page number: 48
  • Photo number: 2-72
109. Emergency parachute rations.
  • Page number: 49
  • Photo number: 2-73
110. Rear Adm. Wilkes (left) and Capt. Chauncey Camp (right) watch a dawn landing exercise at Woolacombe, England, on 31 October 1943.
  • Page number: 50
  • Photo number: 3-1
111. Landing craft swing out form shore, en route to Woolacombe form landing rehearsals during 31 October 1943.
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 3-2
112. Crewmen in slickers and life vests bail frantically to clear water from a broached LCVP during the Woolacombe exercises.
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 3-3
113. Troops splash through the surf at Woolacombe as they disembark from an LCVP.
  • Page number: 51
  • Photo number: 3-4
114. An Army staff sergeant and captain – both quite wet – watch impassively as the Woolacombe landings unfold.

The captain totes an M-1 carbine, and the sergeant wears an inflatable life belt – standard equipment in the landing craft.

  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 3-5
115. An American soldier reads a signboard erected at Slapton Sands on 29 December 1943 during the evacuation.
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 3-6
116. Street scene in Slapton Sands during the civilian evacuation.
  • Page number: 52
  • Photo number: 3-7
117. A young English girl during the evacuation.
  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 3-8
118. The broad beached near Slapton Sands.

Note the grassy slopes similar to those encountered in Normandy.

  • Page number: 53
  • Photo number: 3-9
119. LST-322 disgorges a portion of its cargo into a Rhino ferry off Slapton Sands.
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 3-10
120. Convoy of LCTs plies the waters off Slapton Beach, 10 January 1944.
  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 3-11
121. Black soldiers roll off a Rhino ferry and land their jeep.

The technician 5th grade at center is apparently attached directly to the 1st Army.

  • Page number: 54
  • Photo number: 3-12
122. Landing practice 17 Mach 1944.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 3-13
123. LCI-323 at left appears to be dead in the water, while the covey of LCVPs approaches the strand.
  • Page number: 55
  • Photo number: 3-14
124. An L-4 Piper observation plane passes overhead after the LCVPs maker their dash for the beach.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 3-15
125. The landing takes place.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 3-16
126. An infantryman’s-eye view of the beach obstructions at Slapton Beach.
  • Page number: 56
  • Photo number: 3-17
127. Two member s of a Navy communications unit scan the horizon out to sea for messages from the ship approaching the shore.
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 3-18
128. (Left to right) Lt. Gen. Bradley, Rear Adm. Hall, Maj. Gen. Gerow, and Maj. Gen. Huebner consult while observing the invasion rehearsals off the English coast.
  • Page number: 57
  • Photo number: 3-19
129. Destroyer Thompson (DD-627) refuels from Arkansas during pre-invasion exercises on 21 April 1944.

Note the wire, or "hawser," at right securing Thompson to the battleship’s port beam and refueling line at center.

  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 3-20
130. LST-289, its stern blown away by a torpedo launched in a German E-boat attack on 28 April 1944, lies at Dartmouth, England.

An LCM is alongside.

  • Page number: 58
  • Photo number: 3-21
131. LST-289’s badly damaged stern.

Note the ship’s steel-hulled LCVP’s and the cockeyed, single 40 mm mount.

  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 3-22
132. Battleships Texas (right) and Nevada lie at anchor in Belfast Lough.
  • Page number: 59
  • Photo number: 3-23
133. General Eisenhower addresses crew members on the afterdeck of Texas.
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 3-24
134. Ike and Kirk tour Quincy at Belfast Lough.
  • Page number: 60
  • Photo number: 3-25
135. Anesthetist HAIc Jesse Taylor (left) concentrates on the "patient" while Capt. A. Weiland (right), with the assistance of Lt. Joseph Barbella, prepares a plaster bandage for the patient’s right forearm. PhM2c. Edward Schork looks on.
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 3-26
136. Members of the Army’s 82nd Airborne Division display their skills in a demonstration jump.
  • Page number: 61
  • Photo number: 3-27
137. Dignitaries including Churchill and Eisenhower watch a practice parachute drop in England on 23 March 1944.
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 3-28
138. Members of the 101st Airborne assemble a gun dropped during training exercises in Berkshire, England.
  • Page number: 62
  • Photo number: 3-29
139. Bombs plummet to earth from a 9th Air Force medium bomber during the railroad and bridge busting campaign.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 3-30
140. Bomb detonations temporarily obscure the bridge somewhere in northern France.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 3-31
141. 9th Air Force bombers attack yet another bride in northern France.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 3-32
142. Smoldering remains of an additional critical bridge.
  • Page number: 63
  • Photo number: 3-33
143. Lt. Gen. Patton inspects the engine of a P-51 at the 354th Fighter Group in the British Isles.

At far right is the group commander, Col. George Bickell.

  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 3-34
144. 9th Air Force reconnaissance photo shows beach obstructions near Cherbourg one month prior to the invasion.

Note the Germans standing and, in some cases, running among the obstacles.

  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 3-35
145. Normandy, 0140, 6 June 1944.
  • Page number: 64
  • Photo number: 3-36
146. Road intersection in northern France, early morning, 6 June 1944.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 3-37
147. Quartermaster Depot G-22 at Moreton-on-Lugg, Hertfordshire, England.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 3-38
148. General Depot G-23 at Histon, England.
  • Page number: 65
  • Photo number: 3-39
149. Lt. Col. D. MacArdle admires the handiwork displayed on the back of Sea 1c Edwin parker’s jacket during the loading operations just prior to D-Day.
  • Page number: 66
  • Photo number: 4-1
150. Lt. Comdr. Dwight Shepler sketches an LST in the background.
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 4-2
151. Correspondent George Hicks records interviews with men onboard an LST before the Normandy invasion.

Note the electronics gear in the foreground.

  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 4-3
152. Men of Force B (Backup Force) line up on the docks in Plymouth, England, to commence loading operations on 1 or 2 June 1944.
  • Page number: 67
  • Photo number: 4-4
153. Two Force "B" LCVPs in Plymouth come alongside a larger ship to transfer their men on board.
  • Page number: 68
  • Photo number: 4-5
154. Assault Force "O," lying at Portland Harbor, England, readies itself on 2 June 1944 for the voyage to Omaha Beach.
  • Page number: 68-69
  • Photo number: 4-6
155. Members of the 116th Infantry Regiment, 1st Battalion, depart from the beach in a fully laden LCVP, bound for USS Thomas Jefferson (APA-30).

Note inflatable life belt on soldier at right.

  • Page number: 68-69
  • Photo number: 4-7
156. Troops transfer from an LCVP to LCI(L)-539.

Rations are piled on the LCI’s deck.

  • Page number: 69
  • Photo number: 4-8
157. Soldiers board an LCI(L).

Note the AA mount.

  • Page number: 70
  • Photo number: 4-9
158. Trucks destined for Omaha Beach back into LST-51 at Portland Harbor, England, on 2 June 1944.

The truck backing in is a Briti